ELMARK has been a registered trademark for Europe since the year of 2000 and is part of the international company ELMARK HOLDING SC. Our company is licensed for the manufacture of the full range of professional low voltage electrical equipment.
The headquarters of ELMARK HOLDING SC are in Varna, Bulgaria. Here is our logistics center which coordinates our activities in Europe and throughout the world.
The company ELMARK INDUSTRIES SC, being part of our holding, manages our manufacture, while ELMARK GROUP-BULGARIA LTD, ELMARK GRUP SRL – Romania and ELMARK GRUP DOO - Serbia manage our trade activities in the respective countries.
Our European factory is located in Bulgaria on an area of 10 000 sq. m. In its storage premises are stored large quantities of all products included in the technical catalogue. It is from here that the goods for Europe and the world are distributed. The facility includes a modern warehouse situated on an area of 5 000 sq.m. which allows us to store considerable quantities that respond to the needs of our clients. The management and the quality management system used for the manufactured products are certified with the issued ISO 9001:2000 certificates, the complete test certificates for CE marking complying with Directive 73/23 EEC and ROHS (Restriction of hazardous Substances) certificates which guarantee the absence of any substances hazardous to the people and the environment.
The full three-year warranty period is an additional proof of the quality of the ELMARK products. It is further accompanied by a special international insurance, which guarantees the coverage of damages which may occur as a result from an action or inaction of our products.
ELMARK HOLDING SC is represented by distributing companies in Greece, Cyprus, Croatia, Hungary, Macedonia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Montenegro, Sri Lanka, The Republic of South Africa, Jordan and Iran. The contract negotiations with distributors in France, Israel and Albania are almost finalized. There is a serious interest on the part of Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates.
Our successful trade policy results from the high quality of the ELMARK product range and from the successful balance of supply and demand of electrical equipment on competitive prices. As a result, ELMARK HOLDING SC has been a trustworthy and desired partner on the European and world market for seven years.
www.elmarkgroup.eu
CONTENTS2
DEVICES FOR CONTROL AND PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS
Е1 Thermal relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
E2 Thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Е3 Auxiliary devices for thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Е4 Starters for direct start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
E5 “Star/delta” starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Е6 Reverse starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Е7 ELM 1000 frequency inverters for conveyor systems control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Е7 Frequency inverters EL – ZVF9 type for water pumps and fans control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Е7 ELM2000 frequency inverters with no-sensor control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Е8 Auxiliary equipment for frequency inverters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Е9 ELM 2500 soft starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Е10 Programmable timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Е11 Digital counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Е12 Industrial Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
А1 Miniature circuit breakers C45, C60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C100M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C40N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) DP1N (1P + N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
А1 Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60Dc series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
А1 Auxiliary devices for circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
А2 Switch disconnectors ISS 63…100A series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
А2 Isolating switches ISS2 125…800A series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
А2 Manual switching to reserve series EQ 2M from 125 to 800А . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
А3 High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
А3 High capacity circuit breakers DS1 to 1600A – electronic type (MCCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
А3 Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
А4 High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS2 series 63…1250A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
А5 High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DW1 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
А6 Dual power change-over switch EQ1 series (ATS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
INDIRECT PROTECTION DEVICES
B1 Residual current devices JVL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
B2 Combined circuit breakers with residual current device JVL5 (RCD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
B3 Combined circuit breakers with residual current device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
B4 Surge arresters SPD type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
CONTACTORS
C1 Low voltage contactors LT 1-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
C2 Low voltage contactors LT 1 - D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C3 Low voltage contactors LT 1- F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
C4 Low voltage contactors with direct current coil LP 1-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
C5 AC contactor for switching on of capacitors CJ19-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
C6 Reverse contactors LT 4-Dxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
C7 Auxiliary contact blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
C8 Module contactors K series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CAPACITY COEFFICIENT COMPENSATION
D1 Complex compensating devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
D2 Capacitor batteries and cosφ regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
D3 Filters for harmonics and metal boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CONTENTS
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Е13 Devices for temperature measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Е14 Current measurement transformesr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Е15 Voltage transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Е16 Displaying measurement devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Е17 Manual meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Е18 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
ELEMENTS FOR AUTOMATION, MONITORING AND CONTROL
F1 Limit switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
F2 Proximity sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
F3 Capacitive sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
F4 Photoelectrical sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
F5 Rotary switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
F6 Buttons and LED indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
F7 Buttons and LED indicators for DIN-rail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
F8 Devices for telpher control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
HIGH POWER SAFETY DEVICES AND ISOLATING SWITCHES
G1 Bases for high power safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
G2 Fuse links for high power safety devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
G3 Isolating switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
G4 Switch disconnector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
INDUSTRIAL PLUGS AND SOCKETS
H1 Industrial plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
H2 Static industrial plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
H3 Static industrial contacts for exposed wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
H4 Movable industrial contacts for exposed wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
H5 Industrial built in contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
H6 Distribution boxes with industrial contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
PLASTIC BOXES AND METAL CABINETS FOR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
I1 Plastic distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
I2 Metal distribution boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
I3 Module plastic distribution boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
I4 Cable support systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
I5 Moisture-proof junction boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
INSTRUMENTS
J1 Hydraulic crimping instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
J2 Hydraulic piercing instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
J3 Mechanical cutting instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
J4 Hand instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
CONSUMATIVES AND CABLE TERMINALS
K1 Non-insulated butt terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
K2 Non-insulated terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
K3 Insulated terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
K4 Consumatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
K5 Terminal blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
K6 Thermal shrinkable tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
K7 Multiplugs and cable reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
THERMAL SHRINKABLE TUBES
L1 "RHYME”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
L2 "SPLENDOR" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
L3 "BASIC". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
L4 "LIFE STYLE" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Certificates of the trade companies – Bulgaria, Romania, Serbia4
ISO certificates of ELMARK INDUSTRIES SC
www.elmarkgroup.eu
5
www.elmarkgroup.eu
ROHS certificates6
Test reports with EC directives N 73/23 EEC “Low Voltage Directives”
Issued by Center for testing and European certification
Notified by the European certificate organization NANDO – Brussels(New Approach Notified and Designated Organization) № 1871, http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/newapproach/nando
www.elmarkgroup.eu
7
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Certificates presenting ELMARK products for Bosnia and Herzegovina8
Certificates presenting ELMARK products for Serbia
www.elmarkgroup.eu
9
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Certificates presenting ELMARK products for Croatia10
Certificate for international insurance in Alliance IRIND
www.elmarkgroup.eu
11
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
10 11 12
TERMINAL
NON-FLAMMABLE COVER
JUMP KNUCKLE
HANDLE
LOCK KNACKLE
MOVABLE CONTACT
ARC CHAMBER
STATIC CONTACT
MAXIMUM CURRENT RELEASE
AUXILIARY CONTACT (accessory)
UNDER VOLTAGE RELEASE (accessory)
SHUNT RELEASE (accessory)
CHARACTERISTICS
Circuit breakers are automatically-operated electrical switches, designed to protect electrical circuits from damage caused by overload or short circuit. They can also be used as devices for commutation and control of electrical circuits. They differ in the following characteristics:* Operating voltage: 230, 400V* Number of poles: 1, 2, 3, 4* Breaking curve: - curve B – breaks between 3 and 5 In, used for low voltage short circuit currents (long circuits and generators) - curve C – breaks between 5 and 10 In, used for protection of main power supply cables and conventional consumers - curve D – breaks between 10 and 20 In, used for protection of industrial consumers with high initial current flow (electric motors)* Breaking capacity: 4.5, 6kA
Miniature circuit breakers C45, C60
A1
12
Circuit breakers
Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuits of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary devices it allows remote control, commutation or indication of the protected circuit- for mounting in housing and industrial buildings- for mounting at a distance from the transformer post from 150 to 850 m- allows protection of consumers generating short circuit currents up to 6000 A
Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz * Breaking capacity (cycle O-CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898-1: 6000A * Rated breaking capacity Ics= 75% Icu * Isolating voltage:≥2000V
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): 4000 * Mechanical (number of cycles): 20000 * Class of current limiting:3
* IP code: IP>20* Breaking curve:
B – the maximum current release breaks between 3 and 5 In; used to protect long circuits and generatorsC – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect main power supply cables and
conventional consumers* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A * Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:
- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 0.6 to 180m - welding effort: <150 000 N/mm- bimetal plate – composition: 5J158 to TB180 depending on the current - thickness: 0.6mm (up to 40A) and 0.8mm (up to 63A)- magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: from 200 to 400N/mm- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 3x3x0.8 (up to 40A) and 4x4x0.8 (up to 63A)- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)
* Power supply (conducting) - power supply busbar 1P63, 3P63 - rigid conductors up to 25 mm - flexible conductors up to 16 mm * Tightening moment:1.33Nm
Mounting:* vertical* DIN-rail* for mounting in housing or industrial environment without serious interference* ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C
≥wear resistance ≥
Ω2
2
2
2
Type designation
С6xN constructive series number of poles (1;2;3;4)C x rated current breaking curve С
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60Nwww.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
13
1
2
4
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
61N / 1A
61N / 2A
61N / 4A
61N / 6A
61N / 10A
61N / 16A
61N / 20A
61N / 25A
61N / 32A
61N / 40A
61N / 50A
61N / 63A
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
41100
41102
41104
41106
41110
41116
41120
41125
41132
41140
41150
41163
41501
41502
41504
41506
41510
41516
41520
41525
41532
41540
41550
41563
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
Type Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve B
Package/Box (pcs)
Rated current In A
Breaking capacity (kA)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Circuit breakers
C60 curve B C60 curve C
1. Thermal release
2. Electromagnetic release
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60N
A1
www.elmarkgroup.eu
14
1. Thermal release
2. Electromagnetic release
2
4
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
62N / 2А
62N / 4A
62N / 6A
62N / 10A
62N / 16A
62N / 20A
62N / 25A
62N / 32A
62N / 40A
62N / 50A
62N / 63A
41202
41204
41206
41210
41216
41220
41225
41232
41240
41250
41263
41602
41604
41606
41610
41616
41620
41625
41632
41640
41650
41663
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
2
4
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
63N/2A
63N/4A
63N / 6A
63N / 10A
63N / 16A
63N / 20A
63N / 25A
63N / 32A
63N / 40A
63N / 50A
63N / 63A
41302
41304
41306
41310
41316
41320
41325
41332
41340
41350
41363
41702
41704
41706
41710
41716
41720
41725
41732
41740
41750
41763
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
2
4
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
64N / 2A
64N / 4A
64N / 6A
64N / 10A
64N / 16A
64N / 20A
64N / 25A
64N / 32A
64N / 40A
64N / 50A
64N / 63A
41402
41404
41406
41410
41416
41420
41425
41432
41440
41450
41463
41802
41804
41806
41810
41816
41820
41825
41832
41840
41850
41863
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
Type Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve B
Package / Box (pcs)
Rated current In A
Breaking capacity (kA)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Type Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve B
Package / Box (pcs)
Rated current In A
Breaking capacity (kA)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Type Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve B
Package / Box (pcs)
Rated current In A
Breaking capacity (kA)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Circuit breakers
Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuits of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary devices it allows remote control, commutation or indication of the protected circuit
Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz * Breaking capacity (cycle O-CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898-1: 10000A * Rated breaking capacity Ics= 75% Icu * Isolating volatage:≥2000V
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥4000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥20000
* Class of current limiting:3 * IP code: IP>20 * Breaking curve: C,D
* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A* Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:
- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 148 to 230m - welding effort: <400 N/- bimetal plate – composition: TB180/0.5 - thickness: 0.8mm - magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: 20N/mm2- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 6x6x1- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)
* Power supply (conducting)- power supply busbar 1P100, 3P100- rigid conductors up to 50 - flexible conductors up to 35
* Tightening moment:1.33NmMounting:
* vertical* DIN-rail* possibility for labeling* for mounting in industrial environment * ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C
Ω2mm
2mm 2mm
Type designation:
С100М constructive series; number of poles (1;2;3;4) D x rated current breaking curve С; D
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C100Mwww.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
15
1P 80
100
10
10
41180
41190
41180D
41190D
9 / 180
9 / 180
Poles Rated current(A)
Breaking capacity (kA)
Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve D
Package / Box (pcs)
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
1000
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 i/in
t(s)1000
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
20
10
5
2
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 i/in
t(s)
Thermal release
(C Type) (D Type)
A1
16
Electromagnetic release
Thermal release
Electromagnetic release
3P 80
100
10
10
41380
41390
41381
41391
4 / 60
4 / 60
4P 80
100
10
10
41480
41490
41481
41491
3 / 60
3 / 60
Poles Rated current(A)
Breaking capacity (kA)
Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve D
Package / Box (pcs)
Poles Rated current(A)
Breaking capacity (kA)
Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve D
Package / Box (pcs)
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB)C100M
2P 80
100
10
10
41280
41290
41281
41291
6 / 120
6 / 120
Poles Rated current(A)
Breaking capacity (kA)
Catalogue numberCurve C
Catalogue numberCurve D
Package / Box (pcs)
Circuit breakers
Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuit of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary devices it allows remote control, commutation or indication of the protected circuit- for mounting in housing and industrial buildings- for mounting at a distance from the transformer post up to 150 m- it allows protection of consumers generating low voltage short circuit currents to 4500 A
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz* Breaking capacity (cycle O -CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898- 1: 4500A* Rated breaking capacity Ics=75% Icu* Insulating voltage: ≥2000V
* Electrical wear resistance (number of commutation cycles): ≥4000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of commutation cycles): ≥20000* Class of current limiting: 3* IP code: IP≥20* Breaking curve: C – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect main power supply
cables and conventional consumers* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A* Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:
- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 0.6 to 180m - welding effort: <150 000 N/mm- bimetal plate – composition: 5J158 to TB180 according to the current - thickness: 0.6mm (up to 40A) and 0.8mm (up to 63A) - magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: from 200 to 400N/mm- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 3x3x0.8 (up to 40A) and 4x4x0.8 (up to 63A)- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)
* Power supply (conducting):- power supply busbar 1P63,3P63- rigid conductors up to 25 mm- flexible conductors up to 16 mm
* Tightening moment: 1.33NmMounting
* vertical* DIN-rail* for mounting in housing or industrial environment without serious interference* Ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2°C
Ω2
2
2
2
Type designation:
С4xN constructive series number of poles (1;3)C x rated current breaking curve С
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C40N www.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
17
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
C41N / 6A
C41N / 10A
C41N / 16A
C41N / 20A
C41N / 25A
C41N / 32A
C41N / 40A
C41N / 50A
C41N / 63A
41451
41452
41453
41454
41455
41456
41457
41458
41459
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
Rated current
In (A)
Type Catalogue numberCurve C
Breaking capacity (kA)
Package / Box (pcs)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
C45 Curve B C45 Curve C
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C40N
A1
18
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
41541
41542
41543
41544
41545
41546
41547
41548
41549
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
C43N / 6A
C43N / 10A
C43N / 16A
C43N / 20A
C43N / 25A
C43N / 32A
C43N / 40A
C43N / 50A
C43N / 63A
Rated current
In (A)
Type Catalogue numberCurve C
Breaking capacity (kA)
Package / Box (pcs)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Circuit breakers
Functions:- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuit of the outer circuit- it can be used as a device for commutation and control of electrical circuits- it breaks simultaneously the lead and the neutral conductor as the heat protection is only at the lead conductorTechnical data: * Rated voltage: 230V; 50/60Hz * Breaking capacity (cycle O-CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898-1: 4500 A * Rated breaking capacity Ics = 50% Icu * Insulating voltage: ≥2000V * IP code: IP>20 * Breaking curve: C – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect main power supply cables and conventional consumersConnecting: * Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal * Power supply (conducting):- power supply busbar DP1N- flexible or rigid conductor * Mounting: on DIN-rail
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) DP1N (1P + N)www.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
19
6
10
16
20
25
32
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
DP1N / 6
DP1N / 10
DP1N / 16
DP1N / 20
DP1N / 25
DP1N / 32
41006
41010
41016
41020
41025
41032
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
Rated currentType Catalogue numberCurve C
Breaking capacity (kA)
Package / Box (pcs)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
Functions:- for lowering constant current voltaic arc and use of the breaker at constant current consumer protection- protection of the electrical circuits from overload or short circuit of the outer circuit at alternating current and constant
current power supply circuits- for commutation and control of electrical circuits- in combination with auxiliary alternating current devices for remote control, commutation or indication of the
protected circuit- for mounting in industrial buildings- for protection of consumers generating short circuit currents to 6000 A at alternating current power supply
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 240V; AC/DC * Breaking capacity (cycle O -CO) in accordance with standard EN 60 898- 1: 6000A* Rated breaking capacity Ics=75% Icu* Insulating voltage: ≥2000V
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥4000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥20000
* Class of current limiting: 3* IP code: IP>20* Breaking curve: C – the maximum current release breaks between 5 and 10 In; used to protect power supply cables
and conventional consumers* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal with composition 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235 – A* Plastic box – not keeping the burning material nylon PA66, UV rays wear resistance* Box permitivity strength: >18MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C / 3s* Maximum current release containing:
- copper coil - composition: pure copper T2 type - resistance: from 0.6 to 180m - welding effort: <150 000 N/mm- bimetal plate – composition: 5J158 to TB180 according to the current - thickness: 0.6mm (up to 40A) and 0.8mm (up to 63A) - magnetic core – composition: coldly draw-plated metal wire (1Gr18Ni9) - thickness: 1.15 to 2.24μm - drawing effort: from 200 to 400N/mm- contact head of the movable contact – composition: silver graphite CAg(5) - dimension 3x3x0.8 (up to 40A) and 4x4x0.8 (up to 63A)- static contact – composition: pure copper T2Y2 - composition of the contact head: silver graphite CAg(5) - metal magnetic plate for lowering the constant current arc
* Conducting:- power supply busbar 1P63- rigid conductors up to 25 mm- flexible conductors up to 16 mm
* Tightening moment: 1.33NmMounting
* vertical* DIN-rail* for mounting in housing or industrial environment without serious current interference* Ambient temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C
Ω2
2
2
2
Type designation
С6xDC constructive series number of poles (1;2;3;4)C x rated current breaking curve С
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1EN 60898-2
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60Dc series
A1
20
Circuit breakers
78 4518
36
72
65
49
5
C61DC
C62DC
Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) C60DC serieswww.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
21
1
2
4
6
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
61DC / 1A
61DC / 2A
61DC / 4A
61DC / 6A
61DC / 10A
61DC / 16A
61DC / 20A
61DC / 25A
61DC / 32A
61DC / 40A
61DC / 50A
61DC / 63A
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
41164
41165
41166
41167
41168
41169
41170
41171
41172
41173
41174
41175
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
2
4
6
10
16
20
25
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
62DC / 2A
62DC / 4A
62DC / 6A
62DC / 10A
62DC / 16A
62DC / 20A
62DC / 25A
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
41176
41177
41178
41179
41181
41182
41183
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
Rated currentIn (A)
Type Catalogue number Curve C
Package/Box(pcs)
Breaking capacity (kA)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Rated currentIn (A)
Type Catalogue number Curve C
Package/Box(pcs)
Breaking capacity (kA)
Recommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
Shunt release MX (independent release)Functions:
- remote circuit breaker switching off at voltage feed- allows manual switching on of the breaker at voltage recovery- indication of the device's location
Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230V; 50/60Hz* Isolating voltage: ≥2000V* IP code: IP>20
Connecting:* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Power supply (conducting):
- flexible conductors up to 1.5mm* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm
Mounting:* vertical, clamps with two pins to the breaker's rivets and the executive mechanism is joined up to the switching mechanism of the breaker after dismounting the seal cover
* DIN- rail* mounting in industrial environment: * temperature: -5°C to + 40°C±2° C
2
* The power supply of the release is accomplished at the outlet of the breaker
ambient
Type designation:МN - constructive series number of poles - 1Documents correspondingto the product:Standard EN60898-1
Type designation:МX - constructive series number of poles - 1Documents correspondingto the product:Standard EN60898-1
Isolated mounting terminal for circuit breakersFunctions:
- provides a firm joining of rigid or flexible conductors up to 35mm to power supply busbar- provides a firm joining of the power supply conductor to the breaker- provides enough contact surface of the conductor
Technical data: * Brass alloy with galvanic cover* Fabric isolated with plastic cover* Appropriate for joining to copper or aluminum cables* Rated voltage: 230V* Rated current: up to 63A* Isolating voltage: ≥500V* IP code: IP>20* Section of power supply conductor: up to 35mm
Connecting:* to the joining terminal of the breaker
2
2
230VELMARK MN2 41909 8 / 160
Package/Box (pcs)
Rated voltage
Type Catalogue number
Package / Box (pcs)
Catalogue number
Rated currentIn (A)
Type Section of the conductor2 (mm )
TB 25 2.5 до 35 63 31025 20 / 500
230VELMARK MX 41902 8 / 160
Auxiliary devices for circuit breakers
A1
22
Package / Box(pcs)
Rated voltage
Type Catalogue number
Combined voltage circuit-breaker МN2Functions:
- when the voltage is reduced below 170V operation is initiated and the automatic switch is turned off- when the voltage is increased above 270V operation is initiated and the automatic switch is turned off- allows manual turning on of the switch after powering is restored - indication of the position of the device
Technical characteristics: * Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz* Insulation voltage: ≥2000V* Protection ratio: IP>20
Connection method: * Double connector: flat (tunnel) screw connector* Feeding (conducting):
2 - flexible conductors up to 1.5mm* Tightening moment of the screw: 1.33Nm
Mounting:* vertical, by means of two pins attached to the rivets of the circuit-breaker, while the operating mechanism is
connected to the switching off mechanism of the circuit breaker after the sealing lid is demounted * DIN rail* for mounting in industrial places
· Environmental temperature : -5 до +40°С±2°С
14163
14190
14263
14363
14390
14463
Power supply busbarFunctions:
-enables the supply of a group of conductors-provides simultaneous supply-conducting section – electrotechnical copper-insulation of the conducting section
Technical data: * Rated operating voltage: 230/400V* Isolating voltage: 500V* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960* Rated current (phase): 63/100A
Connecting:* to the joining terminal of the breaker
°С
Circuit breakers
Auxiliary contact OFFunctions:
-at circuit breaker switching off it sends a signal to the control or signalization system -indication of the location of the auxiliary contact and the breaker
Technical data: * Rated voltage: 230V* Isolating voltage: ≥2000V
* Ingress protecting rating: IP>20Connecting:
* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Power supply (conducting):
- flexible conductors up to 1.5mm* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm
Mounting:* vertical, clamps with two pins to breaker's rivets, and the executive mechanism is joined up to the switching
mechanism of the breaker after dismounting the seal cover* DIN- rail* mounting in industrial environment* ambient temperature: -5 tо +40°С±2°С
2
Mounting (DIN) railFunctions:
-serves for mounting breakers, residual current devices, contactors and other elements-provides a firm clamp of the elements
Technical data: * brass alloy with galvanic cover* factory drilled mounting openings* length up to 1m
Connecting:- with bolts or other fixing elements to the mounting surface
Type designation:OF – constructive series number of poles – 1
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60898-1
Poles(number)
Length (m)
Type(copper busbar)
In with two points of power supply
In with one point of power supply
Catalogue number
Length (m)
Catalogue number
Auxiliary contact OFwww.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
23
63А
100A
63A
63А
100A
63A
1P 63
1P 100
2P 63
3P 63
3P 100
DP 1N
1
1
1
1
1
1
55
55
28
18
18
56
90А
120A
90A
90А
120A
90A
Package / Box(pcs)
10 / 100
10 / 100
8 / 50
6 / 30
5 / 20
8 / 48
1m
14001 20 / 100
Package / Box(pcs)
Box / Carton (pcs)
Rated voltage
230V
230V
Type
ELMARK OF
ELMARK SD100
41901
41909
12 / 240
12 / 240
Catalogue number
Circuit breakertype
C40, C60
C100
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits- can be used as a main breaker- short circuit current wear resistance in the protected circuit
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 230/400V; 50/60Hz* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Connecting: power supply busbar, rigid or flexible conductors* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm* Isolating voltage: ≥500V
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥10000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥20000
* IP code: IP>20* Mounting: DIN-rail* Plastic material of UV rays* Ambient temperature: -20°C + 55°C
Standard EN 60947-3 и IEC947-3ROHS sertificate:№ А06111803L0811
Switch disconnectors ISS 63…100A series
A2
24
1P 63
80
100
12 / 240
12 / 240
12 / 240
41911
41912
41913
16
25
35
2P 63
80
100
6 / 120
6 / 120
6 / 120
41921
41922
41923
16
25
35
3P 63
80
100
4 / 80
4 / 80
4 / 80
41931
41932
41933
16
25
35
4P 63
80
100
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
41941
41942
41943
16
25
35
Poles Rated current (A)
Package / Box (pcs)
Catalogue numberRecommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Poles Rated current (A)
Package / Box (pcs)
Catalogue numberRecommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Poles Rated current (A)
Package / Box (pcs)
Catalogue numberRecommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
Poles Rated current (A)
Package / Box (pcs)
Catalogue numberRecommended sections of the
mounting 2conductors (mm )
A
014
401
801
230
230
378
TypeB С D E J J1 K R S T Y
Dimensions
eTyp R te r e ta d cu r nIn A)(
oBox / cart n(pcs)
ISS2-125in
S 125outI S2-
S 160iI S2- n
SS 160outI 2-
SS 250iI 2- n
I S2-S 250out
I S2- nS 400i
I S2- nS 630i
I 2- nSS 800i
512
512
601
601
250
250
400
630
800
11 / 2
/ 11 2
/ 1 12
/1 12
1 / 6
1 / 6
1 / 2
21 /
21 /
Ca alogut ernumbe
41951
41952
41953
41954
41955
41956
41957
41958
41959
1250
1250
1250
1250
2000
2000
3200
4000
1000
Maximumbr akinge
a acc p ityIc A)u(
Tighteningmoment( N m )
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
10
10
14.5
14.5
27
S 5IS 2-12
S - 61 0IS 2
S - 50I S2 2
MG2-400
M 2-63G 0
M 2 8G - 00
351
351
170
240
260
312
512
251
381
165
165
240
27
72
35
50
50
50
73
73
86
110
101
140
120
120
1 06
021
102
533
120
120
160
210
210
353
65
65
90
140
140
1 57
20
20
25
32
40
06
25
25
30
40
05
65
3.5
3 5.
.53
5
6
8
25
25
25
37
37
84
Circuit breakers
Isolating switches ISS2 125…800A serieswww.elmarkgroup.eu
A2
25
The series load isolating switch ISS2 xxx are produced for mounting in main electrical boards for disconnection of the circuits, switching on of generators because of the fact they are not affected by the frequency variations. High mechanical strength and resistance to circulation. Simple and secure management. There is a possibility for the products to be produced with an window for visible disconnection. Functions:
- switching on and off of electrical circuits under load - disconnection of electrical circuits - used as main circuit-breaker - resistant to high voltages, to short circuits in the protected circuit
Technical features:* Rated voltage: not higher than 660V; 50/60Hz* Double connector: screw connection * Connection: solid or flexible conductors* Insulation voltage: ≥1000V
* Resistance to impulse voltage: 8000V* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): ≥5 000
* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): ≥10 000
* Protection ratio: IP>20* Mounting method: to a surface by means of bolts * Plastic resistant to UV raysPlastic resistant to UV rays* Ambient temperature: -20°÷40ºС
Note: ISS2-xxx in – load circuit-breaker for mounting in the interior of a board ISS2 -xxx out – load circuit-breaker with an extended lever for mounting on the front panel of the board
Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60947-3 and IEC 60947-6
The devices are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Type Rated currentIn(A)
Box / carton(pcs)
160
250
400
630
800
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
160
250
400
630
800
1 / 4
1 / 2
1 / 2
1 / 2
1 / 2
Cataloguenumber
44641
44642
44643
44644
44645
1250
2000
3200
4000
1000
Maximumbreakingcapacity
Icu(A)
Tighteningmoment( N m )
6.5
10
14.5
14.5
27
Type
ЕQ2M-160
250
400
630
800
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
ЕQ2M-
270
307
372
372
372
A B С D E J J1 K R S T Y
135
170
240
240
240
212
260
297
297
297
104
110
150
150
150
150
180
236
236
236
120
160
210
210
353
120
160
210
210
353
95
115
180
180
180
20
25
32
40
60
25
30
40
50
56
3.5
3.5
5
6
8
25
25
37
37
48
Dimensions
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
Manual switching to reserve series EQ 2M from 125 to 800А
A2
26
The series load isolating switch EQ 2 M xxx are produced for mounting in main electrical boards for disconnection of the circuits, manual switching between two power supplies or switching ON of generators because of the fact they are not affected by the frequency variations. High mechanical strength and resistance to circulation. Simple and secure management. There is a possibility for the products to be produced with an window for visible disconnection.Functions:
- switching on and off of low voltage electrical circuits under load - disconnection of the electrical circuit from one of the power supplies, while providing immediately switching to the
other - used as main switch - resistant to high voltages, to short circuits in the protected circuit
Technical characteristics: * Rated voltage: not higher than 660V; 50/60Hz* Double connector: screw connection * Connection: hard or flexible conductors * Insulation voltage: ≥1000V
* Resistance to impulse voltage: 8000V* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): ≥5 000
* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): ≥10 000
* Protection ratio: IP>20* Mounting method: to a surface by means of bolts * Plastic resistant to UV rays * Ambient temperature: -20°÷40ºС* Option for moving the handle on the front panel of the board * Small size * Indication which of the two supplies is operating
Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60947-3 and IEC 60947-6
The devices are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Circuit breakers
13
13
14
15
COVER
TERMINALS
NON-FLAMABLE BASE
STATIC CONTACTS
PART FROM THE COVER
SCREWS FOR TERMINALS
ARC CHAMBERS
ELEMENT FOR ADJUSTMENT
13
14
15
TERMINAL PLASTIC PLATE
CONTACTS WITH BIMETAL PLATES
THERMAL SYSTEM WITH MOVABLE CONTACTS
UNDER VOLTAGE RELEASE - UVR (accessory)
REMOTE CONTROL – electrical (accessory)
AUXILIARY CONTACT (accessory)
SHUNT RELEASE (accessory)
REMOTE CONTROL – manual (accessory)16
16
High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800Awww.elmarkgroup.eu
A3
27
Circuit breakers
Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- can be used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual- possibility for auxiliary devices mounting for automation
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz
* Isolating voltage: 2000V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V
* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal for the breakers up to 160A and a bolt connection for the breakers from 250A to 1600A* Connecting: - rigid or flexible conductors- front conductors joining- possibility for mounting to lengthening terminal* Plastic elements - not keeping the burning material nylon PA66 - box permitivity strength: >16MV/m* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C* Static contacts – alloy: pure copper T2Y2 - contact head: silver graphite CAg(5) - thickness: depends on the current* Tightening moment: 1.33Nm* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥20000
* IP code: IP>20* Mounting:
- joining with bolts- mounting position: vertical
* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Test button* Ambient temperature: -20°÷55ºС
Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
e
d
B L L 2
L 1
A
W 1
W
H
H 1
High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800Awww.elmarkgroup.eu
A3
28
DS1-125
DS1-160
DS1-250
DS1-400
DS1-630
DS1-800
DS1-1600
76.2
90
105
140
210
210
210
120
120
170
257
275
275
410
70
70
104
104
104
104
140
238
316
310
347
410
90
93
143.5
144
172
172
210
25
30
35
44
70
70
70
100
100
139
214
230
230
300
50
60
70
87.5
140
140
140
210
285
280
307
350
4
5
6
6
6
6
10
8.5
11
11
16
12
W L H L1 H1 A B W1 L2 Ж d Ж e
40
50
63
80
100
125
25
25
25
25
25
25
44040
44050
44063
44080
44090
44125
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
DS1-125
DS1-125
DS1-125
DS1-125
DS1-125
DS1-125
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
25
25
35
50
400V 690V
10
10
10
10
10
10
Type Overall dimensions (mm) Installation dimensions (mm)
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
400V 690V
1 / 20
1 / 20
1 / 20
1 / 20
1 / 20
1 / 20
Circuit breakers High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS1 series from 40 to 800A
www.elmarkgroup.eu
A3
29
2535
400V 690V
1015
100160
1 / 161 / 16
4416544160
70 - 100112 - 160
DS1 - 160DS1 - 160
1622
5070
400V 690V
200250
1 / 61 / 6
4420044250
140 - 200175 - 250
DS1 - 250DS1 - 250
3535
120120
6565
400V 690V
2525
400400
1 / 31 / 3
4440044401
320 - 400fixed
DS1 - 400DS1 - 400
5050
240240
7575
400V 690V
2525
500630
1 / 21 / 2
4450044630
fixedfixed
DS1 - 630DS1 - 630
6565
2 x 1852 x 185
85
400V 690V
30800 1 / 244800fixedDS1 - 800 75 2 x 240
5050
1515
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
0.40.50.60.70.80.90.951
3S
6S
12S
18S
A
B
C
D
OFF1.5246810
l1
xln
t1
l=6l1
Xl1
l3 In=~630A
L I
TEST15V dc
o+o-
tL
t1
I1 I3
I
I
Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2ROHS sertificate:№ A07082429F2801
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- can be used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual- possibilities for electrical module parameters adjustment through direct modules (combination of keys) thus providing
accurate protection from overload and short circuit- simultaneous protection of the three phases- possibility for auxiliary devices mounting for automation- contactor for TT test 15V DC
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz* Isolating voltage: 2000V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Connecting:
- rigid or flexible conductors- front conductors joining- possibility for mounting to lengthening terminal
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥20000* IP code: IP>20* Abnormal heating wear resistance and fire of the outer parts: 960°C* Mounting:
- joining with bolts- mounting position: vertical
* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Test button* Ambient temperature: -20°÷55ºС
Protecting functions:Function L – step adjustment for protection against overload. Adjustment of the operating current I1=0.4+1xIn with discreet coefficients as the value can be 0.4; 0.5; 0.6; 0.7; 0.8; 0.9; 0.95 and 1Time delay adjustment t1 of the protection against overload – step adjustment with four values A-3s; B-6s; C-12s; D-18s when current is I=6I1. The diagram of the current curves is presented on fig.1Adjustment of the transitory protection current against short circuit I3=X x I1 where X can take discreet value OFF; 1.5; 2; 4; 6; 8; 10
Fig.1
High capacity circuit breakers DS1 to 1600A – electronic type (MCCB)
A3
30
657575858585
400V 690V
252530505050
400630800
100012501600
1 / 31 / 21 / 21 / 11 / 11 / 1
449404496344980449994492544960
160 - 400252 - 630320 - 800
400 - 1000500 - 1250640 - 1600
DS1 - 400/3300DS1 - 630/3300DS1 - 800/3300
DS1 - 1250DS1 - 1250DS1 - 1600
506565757575
2402x1852x2402x2402x2402x240
Rated current In (A)
Maximum breaking
capacity (кА)Icu
Catalogue number
Package / Box(pcs)
Thermal current
adjustment (A)
Type Operating breaking capacity (kA) Ics
Section of the conductor
2(mm )
Circuit breakers
According to the way of mounting the auxiliary devices can be divided into two groups:- internal devices – accessories for whose mounting it is necessary to dismount the cover of the breakers and fix
them in specially designed jacks- external devices – they are mounted right on the top cover of the breaker
INTERNAL DEVICES
Auxiliary contact (OF)The device changes its condition conformably to the breaker's condition; it has a NO and a NC contactor.
Technical data:- for breakers up to 160A operating current through the auxiliary contact: 3A- for breakers from 250 to 800A operating current through the auxiliary contact: 6A- available joining conductors- labeling of the cables
Mounting:Mounted in a special jack after cover dismountingNote: The breakers are offered with mounted accessory Connecting: Connected with the operative system through the provided conductors
Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2
The devices are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Shunt release (MX)The device is used for remote control of breakers as at voltage signal it starts operating and switches off the breaker to which it is mountedTechnical data:
- rated operating voltage: 230/400V 50/60Hz- electromagnetic coil 100VA for breakers up to 400A- electromagnetic coil 150VA for breakers 630-800A- available joining conductors
Mounting:Mounted in a special jack after cover dismounting
Connecting : Connected with the operative system through the provided conductors
Note: The breakers are offered with mounted accessory
Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB)www.elmarkgroup.eu
A3
31
400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230
4431744318443194432044321443224432344324443264432744328443304433144332443344433544336443374433844339443404434144342443434433344344
DS1 125/40+MXDS1 125/40+MXDS1 125/40+MX+OFDS1 125/40+MX+OFDS1 125/50+MXDS1 125/50+MXDS1 125/50+MX+OFDS1 125/50+MX+OFDS1 125/63+MXDS1 125/63+MXDS1 125/63+MX+OFDS1 125/63+MX+OFDS1 125/80+MXDS1 125/80+MXDS1 125/80+MX+OFDS1 125/80+MX+OFDS1 125/100+MXDS1 125/100+MXDS1 125/100+MX+OFDS1 125/100+MX+OFDS1 125/125+MXDS1 125/125+MXDS1 125/125+MX+OFDS1 125/125+MX+OFDS1 160/160+MXDS1 160/160+MX
400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230
DS1 160/160+MX+OFDS1 160/160+MX+OFDS1 250/200+MXDS1 250/200+MXDS1 250/200+MX+OFDS1 250/200+MX+OFDS1 250/250+MXDS1 250/250+MXDS1 250/250+MX+OFDS1 250/250+MX+OFDS1 400/400+MXDS1 400/400+MXDS1 400/400+MX+OFDS1 400/400+MX+OFDS1 630/500+MXDS1 630/500+MXDS1 630/500+MX+OFDS1 630/500+MX+OFDS1 630/630+MXDS1 630/630+MXDS1 630/630+MX+OFDS1 630/630+MX+OFDS1 800/800+MXDS1 800/800+MXDS1 800/800+MX+OFDS1 800/800+MX+OF
400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230
443714437244373443744437544376443774437844379443804438144382444514445244453444544445544456444574445844459444604446144462
DS1 1250/1000+MXDS1 1250/1000+MXDS1 1250/1000+MX+OFDS1 1250/1000+MX+OFDS1 1250/1250+MXDS1 1250/1250+MXDS1 1250/1250+MX+OFDS1 1250/1250+MX+OFDS1 1600/1600+MXDS1 1600/1600+MXDS1 1600/1600+MX+OFDS1 1600/1600+MX+OFDS1 400/3300+MXDS1 400/3300+MXDS1 400/3300+MX+OFDS1 400/3300+MX+OFDS1 630/3300+MXDS1 630/3300+MXDS1 630/3300+MX+OFDS1 630/3300+MX+OFDS1 800/3300+MXDS1 800/3300+MXDS1 800/3300+MX+OFDS1 800/3300+MX+OF
4434544346443474434844349443504435144352443534435444355443564435744358443594436044361443624436344364443654436644367443684436944370
Operating voltage (V))
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Operating voltage (V)
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Operating voltage (V)
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
443014430244303443044430544306
DS1 125/40+OFDS1 125/50+OFDS1 125/63+OFDS1 125/80+OF
DS1 125/100+OFDS1 125/125+OF
443074430844309443104431144312
DS1 160/160+OFDS1 250/200+OFDS1 250/250+OFDS1 400/400+OFDS1 630/500+OFDS1 630/630+OF
44313443144431544316
DS1 800/800+OFDS1 1600/1000+OFDS1 1600/1250+OFDS1 1600/1600+OF
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Under voltage release (MN)The device switches off and/or does not allow the switching on of the breaker to which it is mounted at power breakdown or voltage decrease under certain limitsTechnical data:
- operating voltage: 230/400V 50Hz- electromagnetic coil 6VA for breakers up to 400A- electromagnetic coil 10VA for breakers 630-800A- available joining conductors- switches off at voltage decrease under 75% of the operating
Mounting:Mounted in a special jack after cover dismounting
Connecting: Connected with the operative system through the provided conductors
Note: The breakers are offered with mounted accessory
DS1 - 125-160
DS1 - 250-800
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
EXTERNAL DEVICES
Remote control (manual)Description:The device switches off/on the breaker to which manual operative rotary mechanism is mounted
- two operating positions of the executive mechanism fixed at 90°CMounting:The base is mounted with bolts right on the cover (scheme 1 mounting), and the handle is mounted at the door of the distribution box, using an extension axis it is joined to the base
Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB)
A3
32
400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230
4438344384443854438644387443884438944390443914439244393443944439544396443974439844399444024440544406444074440844409444104441144412444134441444415444164441744418
DS1 125/40+MNDS1 125/40+MNDS1 125/40+MN+OFDS1 125/40+MN+OFDS1 125/50+MNDS1 125/50+MNDS1 125/50+MN+OFDS1 125/50+MN+OFDS1 125/63+MNDS1 125/63+MNDS1 125/63+MN+OFDS1 125/63+MN+OFDS1 125/80+MNDS1 125/80+MNDS1 125/80+MN+OFDS1 125/80+MN+OFDS1 125/100+MNDS1 125/100+MNDS1 125/100+MN+OFDS1 125/100+MN+OFDS1 125/125+MNDS1 125/125+MNDS1 125/125+MN+OFDS1 125/125+MN+OFDS1 160/160+MNDS1 160/160+MNDS1 160/160+MN+OFDS1 160/160+MN+OFDS1 250/200+MNDS1 250/200+MNDS1 250/200+MN+OFDS1 250/200+MN+OF
400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230400230
4441944420444214442244423444244442544426444274442844429444304443144432444334443444435444364443744438444394444044441444424444344444444454444644447444484444944450
DS1 250/250+MNDS1 250/250+MNDS1 250/250+MN+OFDS1 250/250+MN+OFDS1 400/400+MNDS1 400/400+MNDS1 400/400+MN+OFDS1 400/400+MN+OFDS1 630/500+MNDS1 630/500+MNDS1 630/500+MN+OFDS1 630/500+MN+OFDS1 630/630+MNDS1 630/630+MNDS1 630/630+MN+OFDS1 630/630+MN+OFDS1 800/800+MNDS1 800/800+MNDS1 800/800+MN+OFDS1 800/800+MN+OFDS1 1250/1000+MNDS1 1250/1000+MNDS1 1250/1000+MN+OFDS1 1250/1000+MN+OFDS1 1250/1250+MNDS1 1250/1250+MNDS1 1250/1250+MN+OFDS1 1250/1250+MN+OFDS1 1600/1600+MNDS1 1600/1600+MNDS1 1600/1600+MN+OFDS1 1600/1600+MN+OF
Operating voltage (V)
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Operating voltage (V)
Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC ELMARK HDC
449674496844969449704497144972
111111
DS1 125ADS1 160ADS1 250ADS1 400ADS1 630ADS1 800A
505070
107119119
115115130105110110
HDC DS 1 125AHDC DS 1 160AHDC DS 1 250AHDC DS 1 400AHDC DS 1 630AHDC DS 1 800A
253035457070
505070
107119119
65658085
110110
Table with the dimensions for manual remote control
A B C Dmin Dmax
Package (pcs)
Type Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Dimensions (mm)Type of the breaker
scheme 1
Circuit breakers
Device for remote control (electrical)Description:The device switches off/on the breaker to which it is mounted, at electrical signal it allows control from a great distanceTechnical data:
- operating voltage of the executive mechanism: 230/400V 50/60Hz- two operating positions of the executive mechanism fixed at 90°C - two types of executive mechanism:
* magnetic operation for breakers DS1 up to 160A* motor operation for breakers DS1 from 250 to 800A
Mounting: The base is mounted with bolts right on the cover (scheme 1 and 2), and buttons on/off are fixed at the door of the distribution box and at the remote control device
DS1 - 125-160
DS1 - 250-1600
Terminal extension accessoriesStraight copper tin-plated terminals provide the bringing of the cable connection out of the terminals of the breaker and guarantee a firm connection
Mounting:Mounted with bolts right to the terminal outlets of the breaker with the base
According to the breaker’s capacity we offer terminal extension sets with various section
Table with the dimensions for remote control
scheme 1 scheme 2
Auxiliary devices for high capacity circuit breakers DS1 type (MCCB)www.elmarkgroup.eu
A3
33
400V400V400V400V400V400V230V230V230V230V230V230V230V400V
ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADCELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC ELMARK ADC
4490744908449094491044911449114491244913449144491544916449164492444926
11111111111111
DS1 125DS1 160DS1 250DS1 400DS1 630DS1 800DS1 125DS1 160DS1 250DS1 400DS1 630DS1 800
DS1 1600DS1 1600
110110
---
9292
105132132
АDC DS 1 125ADC DS 1 160ADC DS 1 250ADC DS 1 400ADC DS 1 630/800
103.5103.5139226226
3035
132132132
9090---
A А1 B1 B2 H
ТP 125TP 160TP 250TP 400TP 630
125160250400630
3112531160312503140031630
66666
Package (pcs)
Operating voltage
Type Catalogue number
Type of the breaker
Dimensions (mm)Type of the breaker
Rated current (А) Catalogue number Package (pcs)Type
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
Functions:- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- can be used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 400V; 50/60Hz
* Isolating voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥6000V
* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Connecting:
- rigid or flexible conductors- front conductors joining- possibility for mounting to lengthening terminal
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥6000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000
* IP code: IP>20* Mounting:
- joining with bolts- mounting position: vertical* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Test button* Ambient temperature: -20°÷55ºС
d
L
WH
H 1
High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS2 series 63…1250A
A4
34
DS2-63
DS2-100
DS2-225
DS2-400
DS2-500
DS2-630
DS2-800
DS2-1250
77
73
90
110
115
115
115
200
142
155
165
256
270
270
275
330(460)
70
61
80
95
103
103
95
137
W L H H1
76
91
106
148
180
180
210
210
63DS2 - 63 44006 1 / 1218 12 16 fixed
100DS2 - 100 44010 1 / 1222 15 35 fixed
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
Type of the breakerOverall dimensions (mm)
Circuit breakers
High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DS2 series 63…1250A
A4
35
225DS2 - 225 44022 1 / 1235 25 70 fixed
400DS2 - 400 44004 1 / 1242 35 180 fixed
500DS2 - 630 44005 1 / 250 42 240 fixed
630
800
DS2 - 630
DS2 - 800
44036
44008
1 / 2
1 / 1
50
65
42
48
240
240
fixed
fixed
10001250
DS2 - 1250DS2 - 1250
4400044502
1 / 11 / 1
8585
6565
240240
fixedfixed
www.elmarkgroup.eu
A4
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
Rated currentIn (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА)Ics
Operating breaking
2capacity (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Protection from overload
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
The DW1 series is an intelligent type circuit breaker used to control and protect low voltage electrical distribution network. Possibility to set the parameters of the circuit protection, built in under voltage release, remote control, earth protection and load monitoring.Functions:
- switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits- breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers- used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations - endures high currents of short circuit in the protected circuit- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- motor control- mounted auxiliary devices for automation - under voltage release, earth protection, intelligent controlling block with a possibility for a choice of the protected function
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz* Isolating voltage: 2000V* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V
* Joining terminal: bolt connection with 4 bolts to the power supply rail * Connecting:
- copper rails- busway connection – at the back
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥500
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥9000
* IP code: IP54* Mounting:
- clamping with bolts- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum 5°
* Plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable * Test button * Ambient temperature: -10°C + 45°C * Installation altitude: up to 2000m
Basic protective functions:* Overload protection with long time delay* Short circuit protection with short time delay, time inversion limit * Short circuit protection with short time delay, time fixed limit* Instantaneous short circuit protection* Earth protection function* Full stability function* “Overload alarm” function* Test function* Auto diagnostics function
A commutation type of breakers with RS 485 connection for duplex transmission of all function parameters, adjustment and data can also be produced at client's order and delivery terms agreement.
Standard EN 60947-1; EN 60947-2; IEC 947-2The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Outside dimensions
High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DW1 series
Center of the installation opening
Center of the installation opening
Side special level , wiring terminal
Starndartlevel
Installation openingsCenter of the installation opening
Instalationbase
A5
36
AHWBL
L1H1H2H3
W1/W2L5L6L7
W3-W5Ø
DW1 2000A
34040236215037329052
11220951740826012
DW1 3200A
352 43243517550744892
11230
115174082
10012
Breaking capacity(кА)
Circuit breakers
Maincircuit Intelligent controller Emergency
breakingElectricalbreaking
Electricalclosing Auxiliary switches
3 5 7 9 25 27 29 31 33 35 36 38 39 41 42 44 45 47
SB2
SB1 SB3
J21
XT
Q F X M
SA
DF
30 32 34 37 40282686421
AC380V/220V
Fa
ult
Clo
sed Accumulated
energy
Break
Processunit
Main looppowersupply
Controlpower supply
43 46
(+) (- )
3(or4)6(or8)
Operatingpower supply
DC power supply module
U1(+) U2(-)DC220V¡ 110V
0 0
Connecting scheme
High capacity circuit breakers (MCCB) DW1 serieswww.elmarkgroup.eu
A5
37
Type Rated current In (A)
Rated voltageUn (V)
Electrical wear resistance
(number of cycles)
Mechanical wear resistance
(number of cycles)
Cataloguenumber
DW1 - 2000
DW1 - 3200
2000
2500
3200
690
690
690 80
100
100
500
500
500
9500
9500
9500
44209
44255
44329
Package / Box(pcs)
1 / 1
1 / 1
1 / 1
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Circuit breakers
The system for dual power change-over switch EQ1 is designed to provide continuous power supply and two electrical sources automatic switch in case of failure or deviation from the set parameters.The system for dual power change-over switch consists of two high capacity circuit breakers mounted on a metal frame connected with common operating mechanism and controlled by a command device that controls the system parameters' correspondence.Functions:
* Switching on/off heavy loaded electrical circuits at main power supply discrepancy * Switching to dual power change-over at power supply phase lack* Breaking of electrical circuits and control of powerful consumers* Used as a main breaker in housing or industrial distributing installations supplied with a generator or a second power
supply source (hospitals, post offices, military sites, control rooms)* Remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics* Control: motor* Controls the following circuit parameters:
- presence of the three phases- the phase voltage to be in the set limits- overload- short circuit at the outlet
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 690V; 50/60Hz* Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥8000V* Joining terminal: bolt connection with 4 bolts to the power supply rail * Connecting:
- copper rails- flexible or rigid conductors
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥10000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥20000* IP code: IP21* Mounting:- clamping with bolts- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum 5°
* Plastic material of the breakers of UV rays and non-flammable * Ambient temperature: -10°C + 45°C * Installation altitude: up to 2000m
Basic functions of the control device:* Overload protection* Instantaneous short circuit protection* Under phase protection* Possibility for setting the change-over time between the two sources – min 3s* Possibility for automatic switch-over to the main power supply source after restoring its parameters
The system for dual power change-over switch is offered in two types:- with display (control device) mounted on the mounting plate (integrated type)- with separated control display
Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-2; EN 60947-6-1
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
main power supply
alternative power supply
Note: *Dual power change-over switch with separated control display
Dual power change-over switch EQ1 series (ATS)
A6
38
EQ1 - 100EQ1 - 225EQ1 - 400EQ1 - 630
EQ1 - 225EQ1 - 400EQ1 - 630
А В С D H
480480620660
420420570610
240240300300
230230300300
450450590630
390390540580
210210270270
200200270270
140140235240
145145235240
EQ1 - 100EQ1 - 225EQ1 - 400EQ1 - 630
EQ1 - 100*EQ1 - 225*EQ1 - 400*EQ1 - 630*
100225400630
100225400630
22354250
22354250
15253542
15253542
3570180240
3570180240
6000600060006000
6000600060006000
44100442254440344633
44101442264440444634
1 / 11 / 11 / 11 / 1
1 / 11 / 11 / 11 / 1
Type of the breaker
inner type
Dimensions (mm)
Rated current In (A)
Max. breaking
capacity (kA) Icu
Type Catalogue number
Operating breaking
capacity (кА) Ics
Section of the power supply
2conductor (mm )
Package / Box (pcs)
Electrical wear resistance
(number of cycles)
moved typeEQ1 - 100
Dimensions for ABP Eq1
Indirect protection devices
COVER
TERMINALS
NON-FLAMABLE BASE
CONTACT
TEST BUTTON
SECONDARY WINDING OF TT
PRIMARY WINDING
SUMMING CURRENT TRANSFORMER (TT) WITH TOROID
ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAY
BREAKING (RELEASE) UNIT
Residual current devices JVL 1www.elmarkgroup.eu
B1
39
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Indirect protection devices
Standard EN 61008-1EN 61008-2; EN 60947-1
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
The residual current device works with no extra power supply to the operating mechanism. It compares the magnitude of the currents through the neutral and phase conductors. The conductors are coiled on toroid and together with the secondary winding form a measurement transformer. The power conductors are coiled in such a way that the magnetic fields generated at electrical current flow through them are mutually neutralized. At failure in the insulation of some of the conductors or at presence of a person under voltage, the system is misbalanced and the magnetic fields can not be neutralized. This residual field generates in the secondary current winding, called current leakage. The device breaks when the value of this current exceeds the limit value of the residual current breaker. Functions:
- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at insulation damage of the conductors to the consumers- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at presence of a person under voltage- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual switching on and automatic switching off at exit failure
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V; 50/60 Hz* Rated current: according to the table* Responsiveness: 30; 100; 300; 500mA* Time delay until break: <0.1s at I and <0.04s at 2I * Surge voltage wear resistance: ≥2000V
* Short circuit current wear resistance: 6000A* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal made of 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235A* Type of the plastic:
- material: self-extinguishing nylon PA66- permitivity strength: >18MV/m
* Contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)* Static contact: pure copper T2Y2 type * Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥5000
* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000
* IP code: IP>20* Indication for operating (switched on) position* Plastic material of the breakers of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10°C + 45°C* Installation altitude: up to 2000m
Connecting:- power supply busbar (only for bipolar)- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding section
Mounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical
The residual current device is mounted in the distribution box, and after the device the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor must not be connected together. In order to work accurately, the device must have three- or five-conductor grid with separate protective conductor (PE) (e.g. earthing system TN-S or TT with three or five conductors). The corpus of the consumer depending on the grid type must be connected either to the protective conductor or be earthed.
∆ n ∆ n
Fig.1
Residual current devices JVL1 series (RCD)
B1
40
36
65 85
N
TEST
OFF
T
74.5
35.5
TEST
T
OFF
85
N
72
RST
PE N
JVL1 4P
JVL1 2P
consumer
consumer
Catalogue numberRated current
In (A)Numberof poles
Catalogue number
Leakage current I D n(mA)
Leakage current I D n(mA)
Rated currentIn (A)
Numberof poles
Dimensions
Connecting scheme
www.elmarkgroup.eu
B1
41 Indirect protection devices
Residual current devices JVL1 series (RCD)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
30 100 300 500
40210
40216
40292
40221
40231
40241
40261
40281
40212
40217
40293
40222
40232
40242
40262
40282
40213
40218
40294
40223
40233
40243
40263
40283
40214
40219
40295
40224
40234
40244
40264
40284
10.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
63.0
80.0
Package / Box ( pcs)
1 / 60
1 / 60
1 / 60
1 / 60
1 / 60
1 / 60
1 / 60
1 / 60
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
30 100 300 500
40410
40416
40492
40421
40431
40441
40461
40481
40412
40417
40493
40422
40432
40442
40462
40482
40413
40418
40494
40423
40433
40443
40463
40483
40414
40419
40495
40424
40434
40444
40464
40484
10.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
32.0
40.0
63.0
80.0
1 / 30
1 / 30
1 / 30
1 / 30
1 / 30
1 / 30
1 / 30
1 / 30
Package / Box ( pcs)
Indirect protection devices
Standard EN60 898-1;EN 61 008-1; EN 61008-2;EN 60947-1
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Description of the operating system:It is a combination of automatic circuit breaker and residual current electromagnetic device. It combines the properties of the two elements. The circuit breaker reacts at short circuit or overload in the protected circuit, and the electromagnetic residual current device - at failure in the conductors’ insulation. It compares the magnitude of the currents through the neutral and phase conductors. The conductors are coiled on toroid and together with the secondary winding form a measurement transformer. The power conductors are coiled in such a way that the magnetic fields generated at electrical current flow through them are mutually neutralized. At failure in the insulation of some of the conductors or at presence of a person under voltage, the system is misbalanced and the magnetic fields can not be neutralized. This residual magnetic field generates in the secondary current winding, called current leakage. When the value of this current exceeds the limit value of the residual current breaker the device breaks and the residual current device switches off from the power supply grid. The device operates without any extra power supply to the electromagnetic residual current and is not influenced by voltage varying or decreasing.Functions:- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at short circuit or overload- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at insulation damage of the conductors to the consumers- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at presence of a person under voltage- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual switching on and automatic switching off at failure in the insulation after the breakerTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage: 230V 50 Hz* Circuit breaker rated current: according to the table* Residual current responsiveness: 30; 100; 300; 500mA* Time delay until break:
- of the residual current device: <0.1s at I ∆ n and <0.04s at 2I ∆ n- of the circuit breaker: <0.1s
* Circuit breaker breaking curve: C* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥2000V* Breaking capacity: 6000A* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal made of 1.5 coldly draw-plated plane Q235A* Type of the plastic:
- material: self-extinguishing nylon PA66 - dielectrical strength: >18MV/m
* Contact head: silver graphite CAg(5)* Static contact: pure copper T2Y2 type * Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥5000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥10000* IP code: IP>20* Indication for operating (switched on) position* Breakers plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ* Installation altitude: up to 2000m
Connecting:- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding section
Mounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical
The residual current device is mounted in the distribution box, and after the device the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor must not be connected together. In order to work accurately, the device must have three- or five-conductor grid with separate operating neutral conductor (N) and separate protecting conductor (PE) (e.g. earthing system TN-S or TT with three or five conductors).
Combined electromagnetic residual current device and circuit breaker 1P 6kA
Rated current (A)
Type designation
Package / Box (pcs)
6
6
6
6
6
Catalogue number
Leakage current
IΔ n (30mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (300mА)
10
16
25
32
40
JVL5
JVL5
JVL5
JVL5
JVL5
40010
40016
40025
40032
40040
7 / 140
7 / 140
7 / 140
7/ 140
7 / 140
Leakage current
IΔ n (100mА)
40011
40017
40021
40031
40041
40013
40018
40023
40033
40043
Sections of the mounting conductors
2(mm )
Number of poles of
the residual current
device/circuit breaker
2
2
2
2
2
Breaking capacity
(kA)
1.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
Combined circuit breakers with residual current device JVL5 (RCD)
Leakage current
IΔ n (500mА)
40015
40019
40026
40035
40045
www.elmarkgroup.eu
B2
42
Combined circuit breakers with residual current device
HL L
35±
0.50
42.5±0.31
45±
0.31
Standard EN60 898-1 EN 61 009-1EN 61009-2 EN 60947-1
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Description of the operating system:It is a combination of automatic circuit breaker and residual current electromagnetic device. It combines part of the properties of the two elements. The circuit breaker reacts at short circuit in the protected circuit, and the electromagnetic residual current device - at failure in the conductors’ insulation. It compares the rate of the currents through the conductors in an electronic comparator. The residual current device operates normally at voltage feed. The voltage is needed for the comparator’s energizing – a semi-conductor element with constantly set leakage current rate. This rate is compared with the actual rate. When the margin of the comparison is neutral, the residual current device does not operate, but at failure in the protected circuit insulation when it exceeds the set margin it operates and switches off the protection.For the normal operation of the residual current device, the power supplying circuit voltage must be over 170V and there must be no time variation. Functions:- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at short circuit or overload- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at insulation damage of the conductors to the consumers- switching off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at presence of a person under voltage- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: manual switching on and automatic switching off at exit failureTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V 50 Hz* Circuit breaker rated current: according to the table* Residual current responsiveness: 30; 100; 300; 500mA* Time delay until break:
- of the residual current device: <0.1s at I ∆ n and <0.04s at 2I ∆ n- of the circuit breaker: <0.1s
* Circuit breaker breaking curve: C* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥2000V* Breaking capacity: 4500A* Joining terminal: flat (tunnel) screw terminal* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥500* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥≥2000* IP code: IP>20* Indication for operating (switched on) position
Connecting:- power supply busbar (for two- or three polar)- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding sectionMounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical
* Breakers plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ
* Installation altitude: up to 2000m
The residual current device is mounted in the distribution box, and after the device the neutral conductor and the earthing conductor must not be connected together. In order to work accurately, the device must have separate conductors for operational neutral conductor (N) and protective conductor (e.g. earthing system TN-S or TT with three or five conductors).
Geometrical dimensions
L(mm)H(mm)
1P+N
4495
2P
6295
3P
8895
3P+N
115.595
Type designation
C4xLE constructive series electrical protection number of poles (1; 2; 3; 4) circuit breaker capacityCx rated current breaking curve - C
Indirect protection devices
www.elmarkgroup.eu
B3
43
Package/Box (pcs)
Cat. number
Leakage current
IΔ n (30mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (300mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (100mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (500mА)
Rated current
(A)
Type designation
Sections of the mounting conductors
2(mm )
Number of poles of
the residual current
device/circuit breaker
Breaking capacity
(kA)
Package/Box (pcs)
Cat. number
Leakage current
IΔ n (30mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (300mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (100mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (500mА)
Rated current
(A)
Type designation
Sections of the mounting conductors
2(mm )
Number of poles of
the residual current
device/circuit breaker
Breaking capacity
(kA)
Package / Box (pcs)
Cat. number
Leakage current
IΔ n (30mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (300mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (100mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (500mА)
Rated current
(A)
Type designation
Sections of the mounting conductors
2(mm )
Number of poles of
the residual current
device/circuit breaker
Breaking capacity
(kA)
Package/Box (pcs)
Cat. number
Leakage current
IΔ n (30mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (300mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (100mА)
Leakage current
IΔ n (500mА)
Rated current
(A)
Type designation
Sections of the mounting conductors
2(mm )
Number of poles of
the residual current
device/circuit breaker
Breaking capacity
(kA)
Combined circuit breakers with residual current device
Combined electronic residual current device 2PIt compares the leakage current between the phase and neutral conductors or between two phases.
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
3 / 60
40310
40316
40325
40340
40363
40311
40317
40321
40341
40361
40313
40318
40323
40343
40336
40314
40319
40324
40344
40365
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
16
25
40
50
C43LE C10
C43LE C16
C43LE C25
C43LE C40
C43LE C50
3
3
3
3
3
1.5
2.5
4.0
10.0
16.0
Combined electronic residual current device 3PIt compares the leakage current between three phases.
2 / 40
2 / 40
2 / 40
2 / 40
2 / 40
40411
40415
40425
40440
40465
40407
40445
40420
40404
40401
40408
40439
40428
40447
40436
40409
40438
40429
40446
40469
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
16
25
40
50
C44LE C10
C44LE C16
C44LE C25
C44LE C40
C44LE C50
4
4
4
4
4
1.5
2.5
4.0
10.0
16.0
Combined electronic residual current device 3P + NIt combines the leaking current between three phases and neutral conductors.
Indirect protection devices
www.elmarkgroup.eu
B3
44
Combined electronic residual current device 1P + NIt compares the leakage current between the phase and neutral conductors.
5 / 100
5 / 100
5 / 100
5 / 100
5 / 100
40211
40215
40225
40240
40265
40207
40245
40229
40204
40260
40208
40235
40230
40246
40236
40209
40237
40238
40268
40269
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
16
25
40
50
C42LE C10
C42LE C16
C42LE C25
C42LE C40
C42LE C50
2
2
2
2
2
1.5
2.5
4.0
10.0
16.0
7 / 140
7 / 140
7 / 140
7 / 140
7 / 140
40110
40116
40125
40140
40163
40111
40117
40121
40141
40161
40113
40118
40123
40133
40136
40114
40119
40126
40145
40165
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
10
16
25
40
50
C41LE C10
C41LE C16
C41LE C25
C41LE C40
C41LE C50
2
2
2
2
2
1.5
2.5
4.0
10.0
16.0
Three phase protection TN-C system Three phase protection TN-S system
Monophase protection TT system Three phase protection IT system
consumer consumer
consumer consumer
The surge arrestor consists of a semi-conductor valve element that opens at certain conditions. At normal conditions of the system, the surge arrestor has infinitely high resistance between the protected conductors and earthing circuit. At voltage increase due to atmospheric nature or system failure, the valve element opens and leads the excessive voltage to the grounded circuit. After reversion of the normal voltage the valve element closes. The arrestor can endure high momentary overloading.Functions:- protection of heavy-loaded electrical circuits from overload- used to protect not only particular consumers/circuits, but also the whole panel- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- control: automatic switching off at exit failure and recovery after eliminating the dangerTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage Uc: - the operating voltage of the surge arrester 275/440V; 50Hz* Surge voltage Up: the voltage created in surge arrester terminals at rated discharge current running: according to the
tables* Rated discharge current In – the rated value of discharge current with a sinusoid 8/20µs, which can be repeatedly
led to the ground: according to the tables* Full discharge current Imax – the peak value of the discharge current with a sinusoid 8/20µs, which the surge
arrester can bear once: according to the table* Constant operating current: up to 800μA for 1P, 2P and 3P; up to 600μA for 1P + N, 3P + N* Indication for damaged surge arrester* Offered in types: 1P; 1P + N; 3P; 3P + N
Connecting:- flexible or rigid conductors with corresponding sectionMounting:- on DIN-rail- mounting position: vertical - mounting in the distribution box on the front or right before the breaker according to the attached schemes
* Breakers plastic material of UV rays and non-flammable* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ* Installation altitude: up to 2000m
The surge arrester selection is made according to the overload risk level or atmosphere activity, named B, C or D (from high to low risk level).The company offers the following models of arresters:Model SPD – Bxxxx – for systems with exceptionally high risk level. Mounted mainly in the beginning of the installation or in the main panel.Model SPD – Cxxxx – for systems with high or average risk level. Mounted in the beginning of the installation or before the breaker.Model SPD – Dxxxx – for systems with low risk level. Suitable for secondary protection of consumers in combination with SPD – Bxxxx/SPD – Cxxxx
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN61 643-1 EN 61 643-1
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Indirect protection devices
Surge arresters SPD typewww.elmarkgroup.eu
B4
45
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Catalogue numberType of the arrester
Type of the arrester
Type of the arrester
voltage from lightning
main distribution
panel machine panel mono phase
consumer
thre
e ph
ase
cons
umer
power discharge during the time
SPD-D/5
Indirect protection devices
Surge arresters SPD type
B4
46
SPD-D5/1p
SPD-C10/1p
SPD-C20/1p
SPD-B40/1p
In (kA) Imax (kA) Uc (V) Up (kV)
5
10
20
40
10
20
40
60
275
275
275
275
1.2
1.2
1.8
2
64101
64102
64103
64104
Package / Box( pcs)
17 / 170
17 / 170
17 / 170
17 / 170
SPD-D5/1pN
SPD-C10/1pN
SPD-C20/1pN
SPD-B40/1pN
In (kA) Imax (kA) Uc (V) Up (kV)
5
10
20
40
10
20
40
60
275
275
275
275
1.2
1.2
1.8
2
64201
64202
64203
64204
8 / 80
8 / 80
8 / 80
8 / 80
Package / Box( pcs)Catalogue number
SPD-D5/3p
SPD-C10/3p
SPD-C20/3p
SPD-B40/3p
64301
64302
64303
64304
In (kA) Imax (kA) Uc (V) Up (kV)
5
10
20
40
10
20
40
60
440
440
440
440
1.2
1.2
1.8
2
5 / 50
5 / 50
5 / 50
5 / 50
Package / Box( pcs)Type of the arrester Catalogue number
SPD-D5/3pN
SPD-C10/3pN
SPD-C20/3pN
SPD-B40/3pN
64401
64402
64403
64404
In (kA) Imax (kA) Uc (V) Up (kV)
5
10
20
40
10
20
40
60
440
440
440
440
1.2
1.2
1.8
2
4 / 40
4 / 40
4 / 40
4 / 40
Package / Box( pcs)Catalogue number
Package / Box( pcs )
1 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 100
Contactors
Low voltage contactors LT 1-K
The LT 1-K contactors are specially designed to control alternating current circuits with low power of the consumers and rated current up to 6A.Functions: - switching on/off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at controlling signal to the coil- making of control systems- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contactorsTechnical data:
* Operation class: AC 3 * Rated operating voltage of power contactors: up to 690V; 50/60Hz* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Rated voltage of the coil: from 12 to 400V AC* Limits of the coil controlling voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
2- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal up to 4mm- rigid conductors
* Terminal tightening moment: up to1.3N,m* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles): ≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Mounting:
- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 45Cْ* Installation altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60 947-4-1
The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Rated current in AC-3 440V up to
6 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
Rated capacitykW
1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3
Type number
LT1 - K0610
Voltage (V)coil
Catalogue number
23040012243648
110
23061230622306323064230652306623067
www.elmarkgroup.eu
C1
47
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Contactors
Low voltage contactors LT 1 - D
BASE
STATIC MAGNETIC CORE
COIL
REVERSE SPRING
MOVABLE MAGNETIC CORE
MOVABLE CONTACTS
LID
STATIC CONTACTS
AUXILIARY CONTACT
SCREWS
C2
48
LT 1 D contactors are alternating current contactors for control of circuits and consumers operating in class AC3. It is suitable for consumers with rated current up to 95A. The contactors are offered in a type with 1 NO contact for operating circuit making and the models over 40A also have 1NC operating contactor.
Functions: - switching on/off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at controlling signal to the coil- making of control systems- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contactors- secured cover of the movable part of the contactorTechnical data:
* Operation class: AC 3 * Rated operating voltage of power contactors: up to 690V; 50/60Hz* Composition of the power contact surfaces: unalloyed copper with coating 80% AgSnO* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Rated voltage of the coil: from 12 to 400V AC* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Number of cycles per hour: 1200 UP TO 32A; 600 for 40-95A* Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:
- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5°
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60 947-4-1The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
C
B
a
A
B
ô
LT1-D 09~32
C
B
Aa
B
LT1-D 40~95
Type Аmax Bmax Cmax
LT-D09~12
LT1D18
LT1D25
LT1D32
LT1-D40~65
LT1-D80~95
47
47
57
57
77
87
76
76
86
86
129
129
82
87
95
100
116
127
a b
34/35
34/35
40
40
40
40
50/60
50/60
48
48
100/110
100/110
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
Type
LT-D09~12
LT1D18
LT1D25
LT1D32
LT1-D40~65
LT1-D80~95
Contactors
Low voltage contactors LT 1 - Dwww.elmarkgroup.eu
C2
49
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
www.elmarkgroup.eu
9 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
2.2 4 4 4 5.5
LT1 - D0910auxiliary contact
1NO
23040012243648
110
23091230922309323094230952309623097
closed open
7 60 1.7 4
Contactors
Low voltage contactors LT 1 – D
C2
50
9 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D0901auxiliary contact
1NC 7 60 1.7 42.2 4 4 4 5.5
23040012243648
110
23273232702327123272232772327823279
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
12 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D1210auxiliary contact
1NO
23040012243648
110
23121231222312323124231252312623127
7 60 1.7 43 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
12 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D1201auxiliary contact
1NC 7 60 1.7 43 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5
23040012243648
110
23274232802328123282232832328423285
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
18 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D1810auxiliary contact
1NO
23040012243648
110
23181231822318323184231852318623187
7 60 1.7 64 7.5 9 9 10
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
18 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D1801auxiliary contact
1NC 7 60 1.7 64 7.5 9 9 10
23040012243648
110
23275232862328723288232892329023291
25 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D2510auxiliary contact
1NO
23040012243648
110
23251232522325323254232552325623257
7.5 90 2.5 65.5 11 11 11 15
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
Contactors
Low voltage contactors LT 1- Dwww.elmarkgroup.eu
C2
51
95 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D9511auxiliary contact
1NO+1NC
23040012243648
110
23951239522395323954239552395623957
20 200 9 5025 45 45 45 45
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
80 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D8011auxiliary contact
1NO+1NC
23040012243648
110
23801238022380323804238052380623807
20 200 9 5022 37 45 45 45
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
65 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D6511auxiliary contact
1NO+1NC
23040012243648
110
23651236522365323654236552365623657
20 200 5 2518.5 30 37 37 37
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
50 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D5011auxiliary contact
1NO+1NC
23040012243648
110
23501235022350323504235052350623507
20 200 5 2515 22 25 25 33
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
40 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D4011auxiliary contact
1NO+1NC
23040012243648
110
23401234022340323404234052340623407
20 200 5 1611 18.5 22 22 30
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
32 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D3210auxiliary contact
1NO
23040012243648
110
23321233222332323324233252332623327
7.5 90 2.5 107.5 15 15 15 18.5
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Section of the power supply
conductor
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil capacity (VA)
25 А
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 440V
LT1 - D2501auxiliary contact
1NC 7.5 90 2.5 65.5 11 11 11 15
23040012243648
110
23276232922329323294232952329623297
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
closed open
1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 20
1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 20
1 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 15
1 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 151 / 15
1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 20
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
1 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 501 / 50
Package/Box( pcs )
Package/Box( pcs )
Package/Box( pcs )
Package/Box( pcs )
Package/Box( pcs )
Package/Box( pcs )
Package/Box( pcs )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
The contactors LT 1- F are alternating current contactors used to control circuits and consumers operating in normal working conditions with switching on /off the consumer and dirty working environment. They are suitable for consumers with electrical power consumption from 115A to 800A.Functions: - frequently switching on/off heavy-loaded electrical circuits at controlling signal to the coil- making of systems for consumers’ control- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contactors- secured cover of the movable part of the contactorTechnical data:
* Operation class: AC 3* Rated operating voltage of power contactors: up to 1000V; 50/60Hz* Composition of the power contact surfaces: unalloyed copper with coating 80% AgSnO* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Coil composition: pure coil copper QA-1 type* Magnetic core composition: steel alloy 360* Movable part composition: bakelite* Rated voltage of the coil: 230 and 400V AC* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors- rail
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Number of cycles (switching on) per hour: 200* Pole leaking power: from 16 to 80W* Mounting:
- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 10°C
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10°C + 60°C* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1 EN 60 947-4-1The breakers are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Type
LT 1 F150
LT 1 F225
LT 1 F265
LT 1 F400
LT 1 F630
LT 1 F800
a
163.5
168.5
201.5
213
309
309
b
170
197
203
206
304
304
c
171
181
181
219
255
255
L
107
113.5
141
145
155
155
M
150
172
178
182
264
264
Q
26
21
39
43
60
60
Q1
57.5
51.5
66.5
74
89
89
P
40
48
48
48
80
80
Dimensions (mm):
Rated current in AC-3 440V to up
Motor rated capacity (kW)
Type number
Coil voltage (V)
Cataloguenumber
Tighteningmoment (N.m)
Coil capacity (VA)
LT1 - F400LT1 - F400
2375123752
LT1 - F630LT1 - F630
LT1 - F800LT1 - F800
220V 230V
380V 400V
660V690V415V 500V 440V 1000V
18
25
35
35
50
50
Note: At mounting the containers from the series in control schemes a distance must be provided at the side of the contactor in case of eventual coil change.
115 A
225 A
265 A
400 A
630 A
800 A
40 75 80 80 90 100 65LT1 - F150LT1 - F150
2377123772
2388123882
LT1 - F225LT1 - F225
LT1 - F265LT1 - F265
63 110 110 110 129 129 100
75 132 140 140 160 160 147
110 200 220 250 257 280 185
200 335 375 400 400 450 450
250 450 450 450 450 475 450
closed open
54
45
55
66
66
660
660
660
966
966
30 55 59 59 8059 60
150 A
LT1 - F115LT1 - F115
23040012243648
110
230400
230400
230400
Contactors
Low voltage contactors LT 1- F
C3
52
23040012243648
11023040012243648
11023040012243648
110
23111231122311323114231152311623117
231512315223153231542315523156231572386123862238632386423865238662386723261232622326323264232652326623267
Package / Box ( pcs )
1 / 4
1 / 4
1 / 2
1 / 2
1 / 1
1 / 1
1 / 1
The contactors LP1 D are alternating current contactors with constant current coil for control. The power plugs of the contactor are designed for control of alternating current circuits and consumers operating in normal operating class AC-3 with frequently switching on/off the consumer and dirty working environment. The contactors are suitable for consumers with electrical power consumption from 9A to 95A.Functions: - switching on/off alternating current consumers in direct current controlling schemes at controlling signal to the coil- making of systems for consumers’ control- used as an operating element in process control panels- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contacts- secured cover of the movable part of the contactorTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: from 12V DC to 220V DC* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V DC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Number of cycles per hour: 1200 up to 32A; 600 for 40-95A* Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:
- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10 ْC + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60947-1 EN 60947-4-1
The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Dimensions:
Type C (mm)
a(mm)
LP 1 D0910
LP 1 D1210
LP 1 D1810
LP 1 D2510
LP 1 D3210
LP 1 D4011
LP 1 D5011
LP 1 D6511
LP 1 D9511
95
95
95
101
101
176
176
176
182
34/35
34/35
34/35
40
40
40
40
40
40
B max(mm)
b(mm.)
50/60
50/60
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
A max (mm)
47
47
47
57
57
77
77
77
87
76
76
76
86
86
129
129
129
129
C
B
a
A
B
ô
LP1-D 09~32
C
B
Aa
B
LP1-D 40~95
5.57.51015
18.53033374580
100129
Rated capacity of the consumer(kW)
2.234
5.57.51115
18.525304063
230V 400V 415V 440V 690V
45.57.51115
18.52230455575110
45.57.51115
18.52230455980110
45.57.51115
18.52230455980110
Catalogue number according to the coil voltage (V DC)
12 24 36 48 110 230
230982312823188232582332823408235082365823958231182315823228
231302313123132231332313423135231362313723138239142391523916
239712397223973239742397523976239772397823979239172391823919
239802398123982239832398423985239862398723988239892399023994
231392314023141231422314323144231452314623147231482314923201
239622396323964239252396623967239682396923970239112391223913
Type
LP 1 D0910LP 1 D1210LP 1 D1810LP 1 D2510LP 1 D3210LP 1 D4011LP 1 D5011LP 1 D6511LP 1 D9511
LP 1 F115LP 1 F150LP 1 F225
Rated current
(А)
91218253240506595
115150225
Contactors
Low voltage contactors with direct current coil LP 1-D
Auxiliarycontact(pcs.)
1NO1NO1NO1NO1NO
1NO+1NC1NO+1NC1NO+1NC1NO+1NC
1NO1NO1NO
www.elmarkgroup.eu
C4
53
www.elmarkgroup.eu
The AC contactors CJ19-43 are specially designed electrical devices for commutation of three phase capacitors used for power correction. They are alternating current contactor LT1 Dxx with mounted a group for peak current lowering from the transitional process of the capacitor’s switching on/off. This group is a combination of current limiting resistors, switched on in the beginning of the transitional process (switching on/off of the capacitor group).The contactors are suitable for capacitors with rate up to 50 kVAr.Functions: - switching on/off of capacitors for reactive power compensation - making of systems for compensation of the energy reactive component- lowering of the peak transitional currents at switching on/off of the capacitor - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable separation of power contacts- secured part of the contactor against consumer contactTechnical data:
* Operation class: AC 6* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: 230V AC; 50/60Hz* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Number of the contacts: 3 NO power contacts +1NO operative* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥300000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Number of cycles (switching on) per hour: up to 600 * Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:
- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Typenumber
Rated capacityof the consumer (kVAr)
Rated current(A)
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60947-1 EN 60947-4-1
The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Dimensions
Contactors
AC contactor for switching on of capacitors CJ19-43
C5
54
C (mm)
D(mm)
CJ19-32 DPKCJ19-40 DPKCJ19-65 DPKCJ19-95 DPK
130180200200
150150157157
B (mm)
A (mm)
74127127127
56758585
CJ19- DPK
CJ19- DPK
CJ19- DPK
CJ19- DPK CJ19- DPK CJ19- DPK
32CJ19-32 DPK
40CJ19-40 DPK CJ19-65 DPK
65CJ19-95 DPKCJ19-95 DPK
115150170
230400230400230400230400230230230
2393223910239002394023961239652390923995239912399223993
88
12.512.5
25253030354050
3232404065659595
115150170
12.512.5
151530303636405060
400/415V 690V
Package / Box( pcs )
1/201/201/161/161/161/161/161/161/41/41/4
Type
Coil voltage
(V)
Catalogue number
LT 4-Dxx series contactors are specially designed electromagnetic devices for commutation of three phase induction motor with reversing controlling scheme. They represent two alternating current contactors LT 4-Dxx series factory mechanically joined together. The mechanical joining also provides locking of the contactors against simultaneous switching on. The contactor is used for reverse control of induction motors with shortly joined rotor.The contactors from the series are offered for consumers up to 95A.Functions: - switching on of electrical motors in one direction of rotation and reversing of the rotation direction at outside command- making of control systems- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable switching on or separation of power contacts- secured part of the contactors against consumer contact- secured cover of the movable part of the contactor- impossibility for simultaneous switching on of the two contactors from the group due to mechanical lockingTechnical data:
* Operation class: AC 3* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: 230V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Limits of the controlling coil voltage: from 0.8 to 1.15 Uc* Number of plugs: 3 NO power contacts +1NO operative (for contactors over 40A there is also additional 1NC
contact)* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors
Note: The contactors are offered without fabric cabling * Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1 000 000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10 000 000* Number of cycles (switching on) per hour: up to 600* Pole leaking power: up to 13W* Mounting:
- on DIN-rail or- with bolts to the surface- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN60947-1, EN 60947-4-1
The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Dimensions
Typenumber
C (mm)
LT 4 - D1810
LT 4 - D2510
LT 4 - D3210
LT 4 - D4011
LT 4 - D6511
LT 4 - D9511
83
98
105
142
142
158
B (mm)
A (mm)
77
85
91
91
127
127
90
90
90
165
182
182
Contactors
Reverse contactors LT 4-Dxxwww.elmarkgroup.eu
C6
55
Typenumber
Catalogue number
LT 4 D1810
LT 4 D2510
LT 4 D3210
LT 4 D4011
LT 4 D6511
LT 4 D9511
10
15
18.5
30
37
45
23301
23302
23303
23304
23305
23306
Rated capacity of the consumer(kW)
Rated current(A)
18
25
32
40
65
95
4
5.5
7.5
11
18.5
25
230V 400V 415V 440V 690V
7.5
11
15
18.5
30
45
7.5
11
15
18.5
30
45
7.5
11
15
18.5
30
45
Box / Carton(pcs)
1 / 20
1 / 20
1 / 20
1 / 8
1 / 8
1 / 6
www.elmarkgroup.eu
C7
56
2NC NO+NC 2NO 2NO+2NC 4NO 4NC NO+NC 2NO+2NC
LT01-DN02 LT01-DN11 LT01-DN20 LT01-DN22 LT01-DN40 LT01-DN04 LT01-KN11 LA1-KN22
23002 23011 23020 23022 23040 23004 23001 23003
LT01-DN20 LT01-DN22 LT01-DN40 LT01-DN04 LT01-KN11 LA1-KN22
Auxiliary contacts LT03-DN11Providing on necessity additional number of plug points and are mounted sideward to the movable part of the magnetic cores of contactors of the series LT1 D. Variants with two additional plug points NO and NC are offered. Functions:
- expanding the number of the operational plug points - switching on simultaneously with the rest of the contact system
of the contactor Technical characteristics:
* Environment operational regime: АС 3* Insulation voltage: 690V* Double connector: screw connector * Connection:
- flexible conductors with or without cable end - solid conductors
* Mounting method: - mounting position – sideward to the contactor
* Plastic: resistant to UV and non-burning (self-extinguishing material)
Catalogue №23311
Auxiliary contacts At necessity the element provide auxiliary number of contacts. They are specially designed for mounting on the movable part of the magnetic core of the contactors LT 1K/D series.Functions:- extending the number of the operative contactors up to 4 in different Combinations- switches on simultaneously with the other contact system of the contactor
Technical data:* Operation class: AC 3* insulation voltage: 690V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors
* Mounting:- on the movable cover of the contactor through pinching - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)
Time delay contact block LT02-DxxLT02-Dxx is designed to set time intervals from 0.1 to 180s in different control schemes. It is used most frequently in combination with contactors from LT1-Dxx series to form “star/delta” starters for electrical motor control, as it provides the necessary time for motor winding.
Type
Number ofcontacts
Cataloguenumber
Contactors
Auxiliary contact blocks
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60 947-4-1
The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
N0+NC N0+NC N0+NC
LТ02-DT0 LТ02-DT2 LТ02-DT4
0.1~3s
23901
0.1~30s 10~180s
23902 23903
Type
Number ofcontacts
Time delay
Catalogue number
À1
À2
1 3
2 4
2NO
À1
À2
1 3
2 4
NO+NC
À1
À2
1 3
2 4
2NC
À1
À2
1 3
2 4
4NO
5 7
6 8
20A
20A
20A
40A
40A
230V
230V
230V
230V
230V
2NO
NO+NC
2NC
2NO+2NC
4NO
In
K20
K20
K20
K40
K40
23008
23007
23009
23422
23409
K40
www.elmarkgroup.eu
C8
57
27.5
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60669-2-3The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Modular contactors K series are used for commutation of mono-phase and three-phase low power electrical consumers. They provide connection between the consumers in small overall dimensions, silent work, mounting only at DIN-rails.
Functions: - switching on of consumers- making of control systems- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- reliable switching on or separation of power contacts
Technical data:* Operation class: AC 3* Rated operating voltage of the controlling coil: 230V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating voltage of the power circuit: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: >8000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible conductors with or without cable terminal- rigid conductors
* Mounting:- on DIN-rail or- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5°
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10°C + 60°C* Altitude: up to 2000m
Module contactors K series
Contactors
Type Contacts Cataloguenumber
Coil voltage (V)
K20
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Complex compensating devices
The use of electrical energy in industry is invariably connected with its transformation. The development of semi-
conductor elements and the broader coming of semi-conductor transformers, frequency control, welding machines and
electrical arc furnaces in industrial projects have a negative impact over the electrical power quality in the electro
distributing systems. Induction machines need reactive energy to create electromagnetic field. The reactive component of
current is taken from the electro distributing systems but it leads to additional losses in the power supply system and
makes shorter the exploitation term of electrical devices. This leads to curving of the sinusoid form of current and voltage
and interferences with harmonic character. Compensating the reactive power means to fill up the system in such a way
that the needed reactive power to be created from the compensating device instead of being taken from the electro
transportation system. This leads to killing the voltage fall and cable losses and increasing the outlet power of the power
transporters and cutting down the bills for overconsumption of reactive energy paid by consumers to the electricity supply
company. In practice compensating the reactive energy and high harmonics through LC filters combined in compensating
installations has the broadest spreading.
There are several types of compensation according to their location:
* individual compensation – when to every single motor or consumer is mounted a compensating system. It is applied
to powerful motors and transformers with fixed capacity.
* installation compensation – when the consumers from the whole section (workshop) are grouped and compensation
is accomplished for the whole section.
* overall compensation – accomplished at full compensation in the inlet of the installation.
According to the type of the compensating devices compensation can be:
* passive – when the system supplies constant reactive power. In this case the system does not react to changes in
the size and nature of the harmonic components and also to the per cent increase of the reactive energy in time.
* active – broader spread. The system controls the form of the consumed current and generates different capacity
depending on the load changes.
When designing the electro distributing system of industrial projects the following tasks are taken into consideration:
* defining the factor of non-sinusoid of the consumers and the voltage harmonic components
* defining the additional loading of the capacitor batteries from the harmonic components and calculating the filtering
elements if needed
The calculation of the compensating device capacity is done by reading the reactive energy of the system and the
working time of the system. Compensating devices represent a device of one or several metal boxes with common rail
system, automatic regulator for cosφ control RPSF-xx series, different number of capacitor batteries (according to the
capacity of the device) with different capacity HY 111 series, contactors for capacitor batteries control CJ 19-43 series,
protective elements, etc.
The broadest spreading of compensation has acquired the compensation of harmonics and reactive energy with
capacitors for high voltage. Capacitors HY 111 series are voltage remeasured and are able to endure overload from
harmonic components up to 7% from the basic harmonics. They are used in systems with high harmonics foul up to 25%.
The high harmonics composition is defined after measuring the influence rate of each separate harmonics compared to
the first one. In Bulgaria mostly spread are 5, 7, 9, 11 and 13 harmonics. The capacitors are remeasured for voltage 415V
and are normally mounted right in the compensation systems.
When the high harmonics are over 25% the system is taken to be foul and in this case except using capacitors, filters
for leveling the harmonics are to be used as well. These filters are calculated on the basis of the corresponding voltage
harmonics and differ for the different harmonics. They are calculated using complex mathematical programme which
reads the foul rate, the significance per cent of the voltage harmonic component, etc.
Capacity coefficient compensation
Complex compensating devices
D1
58
Capacity coefficient compensation
Capacitor batteries and cosφ regulator
Capacitor batteries for reactive energy compensation
Capacitor batteries HY 111 series are specially designed three phase dry capacitors for compensation of reactive energy and correction of the capacity factor. It represents an aluminum cylindrical body in which a metal polypropylene folio is mounted which does not require special impregnation. The permittivity characteristics are acquired through filling with a special mixture on a vegetable base (resins). The capacitor battery is constructed in such a way that at failure (overload from voltage, current or temperature) breaks the connection to the upper cover where are the connections to the power supply. This is done by a specially constructed valve for overpressure mounted right above the capacitor element.The breaking of the inner couplings provides protection to the staff and environment from damage due to capacitor element failure. There is a three phase capacitor in the cylindrical body with built in resistor for rarefying the capacitors.The capacitor battery can be used both for passive and active compensation.
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 415V; 50Hz* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: 6kV per minute* Capacity: from 8 to 30 kVAr at 415V* Tolerance: ±5%* Operating temperature: -40 - +55Cْ* Capacity losses: 0.5W/kVAr* Built in discharging resistance* Admissible current overload: twice as much the peak current* Discharge time: <50V per minute* Altitude: 2000m
Mounting: * With bolt M12 to a flat horizontal base
Type of the battery Operating voltage (V)
Battery capacity (kVAr)
Catalogue number
HY 111A8HY 111A12HY 111A15HY 111A20HY 111A30
440440440440440
812.5152030
4900849012490154902049030
Controller for automatic regulation of the capacity factor (cosφ regulator)
The automatic regulators of the capacity factor RPCF-xx series are devices for monitoring of low voltage systems and control of switching on of capacitor batteries for the capacity factor compensation. There is possibility for adjustment of the system parameters and control. Manufactured by the latest CMOS technology, they are distinguished with high degree of data security, easy programming and secure control of the outlets. There is possibility for indication and setting the parameters of the power supply system as: capacity coefficient, display of the system parameters such as voltage, current and capacity, losses, protection against overload, overload indication or lack of voltage, etc. The change of parameters is performed through a combination of buttons on the front panel. There is light diode to indicate which parameter is being displayed on the screen and which outlets are in operation. The display is four digital. There is possibility for choice of the working conditions: manual or automatic.
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V* Operating frequency: 45 – 65Hz
* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: 6kV per minute* Measurement range: from 0 to 9999kVAr* Measurement accurateness:
- voltage: ±1.0%- current: ±1.0%- capacity coefficient: ±1.0%- reactive energy: ±2.0%
* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Humidity: 30 – 60%* Display: 4 digital* Responsiveness: 20mA* Outlet: 7A* Number of outlets: 12 and 16* Altitude: up to 2500m
Mounting: * Оn the front panel of the box through cutting an opening
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60831-1 EN 60831-2
Type of the battery Operating voltage (V)
Battery capacity (kVAr)
Catalogue number
HY 111B12*HY 111B25*
690690
12.525
4903149032
Note: *Suitable for wind generators
Type
Number of steps
Catalogue number
HY-RPCF12 HY-RPCF16
12 16
49120 49160
www.elmarkgroup.eu
D2
59
www.elmarkgroup.eu
L5
L7
L9
L11
L13
-32.741x10-31.398x10-48.42x10-45.663x10-44.055x10
-31.754x10-48.95x10-45.414x10-43.625x10-42.595x10
-31.462x10-47.459x10-44.512x10-43.02x10-42.163x10
-31.096x10-45.594x10-43.384x10-42.265x10-41.622x10
-48.771x10-44.475x10-42.707x10-41.812x10-41.298x10
-47.309x10-43.729x10-42.256x10-41.51x10-41.081x10
550
1140
1730
356
450
600
49225
49450
49600
W(mm)
225
450
600
CXF550/356/225
CXF1140/450/450
CXF1730/600/600
D3
60
On the basis of its production experience ELMARK offers filters for harmonics of seventh harmonic, which are
presented in table 2
Inductivity for seven harmonic
(H)
Capacity coefficient compensation
Filters for harmonics and metal boxes
Filters for harmonics
In the cases when the standard given in EN 50160 is not kept it is necessary to use a filtering system made of a capacitor battery and connected to it inductivity in series. The parameters of the filtering element are defined according to the rate of the given harmonics and are different for each one. The theoretical parameters of the filtering inductivity for the given capacitor batteries for voltage 415V are presented in table 1.
Note: At order we define the practical parameters of the filtering elements for each capacitor system in order to improve the capacity factor and minimize the consumed active and reactive energy in harmonics one.
Harmonics inductivity (H)
Battery8kVAr
Battery12kVAr
Battery15 kVAr
Battery 20kVAr
Battery25kVAr
Battery 30kVAr
Table 1
Battery8kVAr
Battery12kVAr
Battery15 kVAr
Battery 20kVAr
Battery25kVAr
Battery 30kVAr
Metal boards for making of systems for capacity factor correction
Metal boards for capacitor batteries mounting made of specially processed sheet iron with protective surface. A fan is mounted to provide temperature conditions. There is possibility a breaker to be mounted on the door. The device is protected against indirect contact to the current leading elements. It is mounted directly on the walls or floor, as at mounting on a wall it is fixed with screws to the surface. It necessary to provide enough distance for cooling of the board.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 400V; 50Hz* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance: 6kVm* Operating temperature: -5-+55Cْ* Maximum overloading current: 1.3xIn* Surface: zinc passivation * Colour: RAL 7032 * Altitude: up to 2500m
Mounting: * on vertical or horizontal surfaces
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60439-1 EN 60439-2
Catalogue numberL(mm)
H(mm)
Type
Note: The boards are supplied with a cooling fan
Dimensions
Catalogue number 4971249708 49715 49720 49725 49730
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Thermal relaysThe thermal relays LT 2- K/Exx series are devices designed for protection of induction motors from overload or overheat. They are mounted to contactors LT 1 K/Dxx series and an operating circuit for motor control is passed through their NC contacts. The operation of these devices is based on the curving of bimetal plates mounted in the thermal relay caused by the current passing through them. When the current to the consumer gets higher due to failure, the thermal current gets higher which leads to additional curving of the bimetal plates and at getting above the limit value for the plate it pushes the breaking mechanism and breaks the operating circuit.The choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation. Functions: - switching off alternating current consumers at current overload- making of control systems for consumers- used as a protective operating element in control panels of induction motors - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristicsTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage: up to 690V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating current range: up to 690V AC* insulation voltage: >690V* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer- to the contactor through the relay terminals- the connecting terminals with the consumer can be adjusted according to the type of the contactor
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Indication for protection activating* Possibility for choice of the protection restoring (through the blue button)* Possibility for range adjustment of the protection activating * Possibility for operation at higher frequency* Mounting:
- mounting to the contactor: to the terminals of the contactor as it is additionally clamped to its frame through a pin - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Installation altitude: up to 2000m
Note: To protect the consumer from short circuit, before the combination contactor- thermal relay, a suitably measured breaker or safety device should be mounted.
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Type c (mm)
LT 2 - Kxx
LT 2 - E13xx
LT 2 - E23xx
LT 2 - E33xx
0
10.7
9
9.5
b(mm)
a (mm)
81
86
86
115
50
55
55
76
98
108
109
124
m(mm)
92
92
92
109
44
44
44
70
17
17
17
30
47
47
47
54
x(mm)
y(mm)
v(mm)
z(mm)
Dimensions
2h
1h40 mm
20 mm
10 mm
4 mm
2 mm
1 mm
40 s
20 s
10 s
4 s
2 s
1 s
0.8 s
0.8 1 2 4 6 10 17 20
hour
x value (Ir)
Thermal relayswww.elmarkgroup.eu
E1
61
Connecting scheme
LT 2 Exx control
buttons
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
1 / 100
www.elmarkgroup.eu
0.160.250.400.63
11.62.546810131825
0.10 - 0.160.16 - 0.250.25 - 0.400.40 - 0.630.63 - 1.01.0 - 1.61.6 - 2.52.5 - 44 - 6
5.5 - 87 - 109 - 1312 - 1817 - 25
1340113402134031340413405134061340713408134101341113412134131341413415
220V 380V 660V230V 400V 690V
------
0.370.751.11.12.23.74
5.5
-----
0.370.751.52.22.24
5.57.57.5
---
0.370.551.11.5344
7.5111515
LT2-K0301LT2-K0302LT2-K0303LT2-K0304LT2-K0305LT2-K0306LT2-K0307LT2-K0308LT2-K0310LT2-K0312LT2-K0314LT2-K0316LT2-K0321LT2-K0322
LT2-E1301
LT2-E1302
LT2-E1303
LT2-E1304
LT2-E1305
LT2-E1306
LT2-E1307
LT2-E1308
LT2-E1310
LT2-E1312
LT2-E1314
LT2-E1316
LT2-E1321
LT2-E1322
LT2-E1353
0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
13.0
18.0
25.0
33.0
0.10 - 0.16
0.16 - 0.25
0.25 - 0.40
0.40 - 0.63
0.63 - 1.0
1.0 - 1.6
1.6 - 2.5
2.5 - 4.0
4.0 - 6.0
5.5 - 8.0
7.0 - 10.0
9.0 - 13.0
12.0 - 18.0
17.0 - 25.0
23.0 - 32.0
13001
13002
13003
13004
13005
13006
13007
13008
13010
13012
13014
13016
13021
13022
13053
220V 380V 660V230V 400V 690V
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.37
0.75
1.1
2
2.2
3.7
4
5.5
11
-
-
-
-
-
0.37
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
4
5.5
7.5
9
11
-
-
-
0.37
0.55
1.1
1.5
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
18.5
LT2-E2353
LT2-E2355
32
36
13253
13255
23.0 - 32.0
28.0 - 36.0
11
15
11
15
18.5
22
380V 660V
400V 440V 690V
LT2-E3355
LT2-E3357
LT2-E3359
LT2-E3363
LT2-E3365
40
50
65
80
93
30.0 - 40.0
37.0 - 50.0
48.0 - 65.0
63.0 - 80.0
80.0 - 93.0
13355
13357
13359
13363
13365
380V 660V
400V 440V 690V
18.5
22
30
45
55
18.5
22
30
45
55
30
30
37
55
75
E1
62
Package / Box( pcs )
1 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 1001 / 100
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Thermal relays
Rated current(A)
Catalogue number
For contactor LT1-K06 type
Protection adjustment range
Motor capacity (kW)
Package / Box( pcs )
Rated current(A)
Catalogue number
Protection adjustment range
Motor capacity (kW)
Package / Box( pcs )
Rated current(A)
Catalogue number
Protection adjustment range
Motor capacity (kW)
Package / Box( pcs )
Rated current(A)
Catalogue number
Protection adjustment range
Motor capacity (kW)
For contactors from LT1-D09 to
LT1-D25 type
For contactor LT1-D32 type
For contactors from LT1-D40 to LT1-D95 type
The thermomagnetic automatic breakers TM 2-Exx series are devices designed for control and protection of induction motors from overload, overheat or short circuit. The overload motor protection is carried out by the built in the breaker thermal elements, and the short circuit protection is carried out by the magnetic elements. These magnetic elements allow the adjustment of the current leakage which is 13 times the maximum current of the thermal protection. The overload protection elements include automatic compensation for the ambient temperature changes. In combination with under voltage release the thermomagnetic breaker TM 2-Exx also provides protection of the motors from fall out of a phase from the power supply. The choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.Functions: - switching off alternating current consumers at current overload- switching off the electrical circuit to the consumer at inlet short circuit- protects the motor at lack/lowering of the phase voltage (if there is under voltage release)- used as a protective operating element in control panels of induction motors - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics- possibility for change/choice of the protection current (according to the operating current of the motor)- automatic compensation of the ambient temperatureTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage: up to 690V AC; 50/60 Hz* Rated operating current range: from 0.1 to 80A according to the type in table 1* insulation voltage: 690V* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Connecting:
- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer- to the contactor through the relay terminals- the connecting terminals with the consumer can be adjusted according to the type of the contactor
* Electrical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥1000000* Mechanical wear resistance (number of cycles):≥10000000* Indication for protection activating* Switching on of the breaker manually with button “I” and switching off with button “O” manually or automatically at failure or after activating of the protection* Possibility for range adjustment of the protection activating * Possibility for operation at higher frequency* Possibility for independent operation or as an element of an automation system* Mounting:
- mounting to DIN-rail - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
OI 1
2
4
DimensionsUVR
Auxiliary contact
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2www.elmarkgroup.eu
E2
63
www.elmarkgroup.eu
0.1 - 0.16
0.16 - 0.25
0.25 - 0.40
0.40 - 0.63
0.63 - 1
1 - 1.6
1.6 - 2.5
2.5 - 4
4 - 6.3
6 - 10
9 - 14
13 - 18
17 - 23
20 - 25
24 - 32
25 - 40
40 - 63
56 - 80
220V 230V
400V 415V 690V440V 500V А А
TM2-E01
TM2-E02
TM2-E03
TM2-E04
TM2-E05
TM2-E06
TM2-E07
TM2-E08
TM2-E10
TM2-E14
TM2-E16
TM2-E20
TM2-E21
TM2-E22
TM2-E32
TM3-E40
TM3-E63
TM3-E80
0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1
1.6
2.5
4
6.3
9
13
17
21
23
24
32
50
64
-
-
0.06
-
0.09
0.18
0.37
0.55
1.1
1.5
2.2
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
11
15
22
-
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.25
0.37
0.75
1.1
2.2
3
5.5
7.5
9
11
15
18.5
30
40
-
0.06
0.09
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.75
1.5
2.2
4
5.5
7.5
11
11
15
22
33
45
-
-
-
-
0.37
0.37
1.1
1.5
3
4
7.5
9
11
15
18.5
25
40
55
-
-
-
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.5
2.2
4
5.5
9
15
18.5
22
22
33
55
63
48001
48002
48003
48004
48005
48006
48007
48008
48010
48014
48016
48020
48021
48022
48032
48040
48063
48080
1.5
2.4
5
8
13
22.5
33.5
51
78
138
170
223
327
327
416
480
550
665.5
E2
64
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 50
1 / 15
1 / 15
1 / 15
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2
Rated capacity of three-phase motor in AC-3 category
Thermal protection adjustment range
Thermal current Ithe TM2-E
Typenumber
Catalogue number
Magnetic segment current (A)
Package / Box ( pcs )
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60 947-2; EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
21 22
13 14
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60529
Catalogue number 8083
Catalogue number 48912
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Auxiliary devices for thermomagnetic automatic breaker TM 2
ТМ2 АN11ТМ3 АN11
4891148913
Type Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E3
65
For increasing the effectiveness of the thermomagnetic breakers TM 2-Exx operation, they can be supplied with auxiliary devices, designed for widening the practice range and improving the technical characteristics of the breakers
Voltage release (VR) for TM 2The release is designed to switch off the thermomagnetic breaker when the controlling voltage falls under breaking level 0.55 to 0.7 UN and does not allow switching on of the breaker unless the voltage is over 0.85 Un. Functions: - switching off the breaker at power supply voltage fall under 0.55 – 0.7 Un- does not allow switching on of the breaker when the power supply voltage is under 0.85 Un - prevents unwarranted secondary start of the breaker at falling off and restoring of the power supply voltage- protects the motor at lack/lowering of the phase voltage - used as a protective operating element in control panels of induction motors - remarkable with high reliability of current characteristicsMounting:
* At the side of the breaker through special openings
Watertight box for TM 2-ESpecially designed plastic box with silicon screen for increasing the IP code from dust and moisture to IP 65
* Mounting: - mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ- mounted to horizontal surfaces (walls) with bolts- the breaker TM2 Exx is fixed inside of it on rail
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)
Auxiliary contact block TM2 AE11It is designed to switch on operational systems or signalization. Designed with one NO and one NC contact. It changes the position of its contacts according to the position of the breaker (switched on/off) to which it is mounted.
* Mounting: - laterally to a breaker TM2-Exx- up to 5 auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Auxiliary contact block TM2 AN11It is designed to switch on operational circuits or signalization. It is designed with one NO and one NC contact. It
changes the position of its contacts according to the position of the breaker (switched on/off) to which it is mounted. * Mounting:
- laterally to a breaker TM2-Exx - more than 5 auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material) * Ambient temperature: -10°C + 60°C * Altitude: up to 2000m
ТМ2 АU225ТМ3 АU385
4809948098
Voltage (V)
230400
Type Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E4
66
1/L
1
2/L
2
3/L
3
KM 1
LT2-Exx
M
U V W
1/L1
KM 1=LT1- Dxx
KM 1
I
O
L2/N
14
1
3
96
9
5A
1 A
2
LT2-Exx
The electromagnetic starters LT 5 Dxx series are devices designed for remote control, direct control and protection of
induction motors or other electrical consumers. They are a combination of contactors LT 1 Dxx series and thermal
protection LT 2 Exx fabric cabled. The starters are offered on the market in metal or plastic boxes with the corresponding
IP code from dust and moisture. At mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through
breakers or disconnectors.
If necessary, at client’s order the fabric mounted thermal protection in the pneumatic starter can be substituted. The
choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum
constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.
Functions:
- switching on/off alternating current consumers
- does not allow secondary unwarranted switching on of the starter at transitory lowering of the voltage
- protects the motor from overload in the range of the corresponding thermal protection
- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics
Technical data:
* Rated voltage of the controlling voltage: 230/400V AC; 50/60 Hz
Note: In case you need different controlling coils voltage of the starters you can turn to our regional representatives.
* Rated operating voltage: 690V
* Rated operating current range: from 7 to 93 A AC
* insulation voltage: 690V
* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V
* Joining terminal: screw terminal
* Little power consumption and small dimensions
* Connecting:
- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer and section according to the
motor power
- two by two inlets/outlets supplied with orifices for the cables
* Possibility for range adjustment of the protection activating
* IP code: IP 44
* Possibility for operation at higher frequency
* Mounting:
- mounting to a flat surface (wall) with bolts/screws
- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)
* Metal corpus: corrosion-proof coating
* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1; EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Starters for direct start
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
43401
43402
43651
43652
43951
43952
1 / 16
1 / 16
1 / 16
1 / 16
166
140
120
2 x PE13
2 x P
E13
2 x Æ5.5
150
88
142
135
185
2 x PE16
165
101
16
2 x Æ
5.5
PE
13
312
150
161
2 x PE29
195PE13
181
105
4 x Æ7.7
2.2
3
4
4
5.5
7.5
4
5.5
9
220V / 230V 380V / 400V 415V / 440V
9
12
18
7 .. 10A
9 .. 13A
12 .. 18A
230
400
230
400
230
400
43091
43092
43121
43122
43181
43182
LT5 D093
LT5 D123
LT5 D185
220V / 230V 380V / 400V 415V / 440V
11
15
11
15
25
32
17 .. 25A
23 .. 32A
230
400
230
400
43251
43252
43321
43322
LT5 D255
LT5 D325
5.5
7.5
220V / 230V 380V / 400V 415V / 440V
11
18.5
25
18.5
30
45
22
37
45
40
65
95
30 .. 40A
48 .. 65A
80 .. 93A
230
400
230
400
230
400
43401
43402
43651
43652
43951
43952
LT5 D405
LT5 D655
LT5 D955
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E4
67
1 / 16
1 / 16
1 / 16
1 / 16
1 / 16
1 / 16
Remark : Under request the thermal relay will be replaced
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Starters for direct start
Rated current (A)
Type number
Thermal relay adjustment
range
Rated capacity of motors 50/60Hz AC-3 category
Catalogue number
Coil voltage(V)
Package/ Box
Rated current (A)
Type number
Thermal relay adjustment
range
Rated capacity of motors 50/60Hz AC-3 category
Catalogue number
Coil voltage(V)
Package/ Box
Rated current (A)
Type number
Thermal relay adjustment
range
Rated capacity of motors 50/60Hz AC-3 category
Catalogue number
Coil voltage(V)
Package/ Box
Remark : Under request the thermal relay will be replaced
Remark : Under request the thermal relay will be replaced
www.elmarkgroup.eu
The electromagnetic starters LT 3 Dxx series are devices designed for remote control, direct control and protection of induction motors coiled and operating according to a starter scheme “star/delta”. They are a combination of three contactors LT 1 Dxx series, time relay and a set of buttons “start” and “stop” fabric cabled. They provide the easy motor unwinding giving possibility for setting the time for unwinding in “star” as the time for switching between “star” and “delta” is fixed to 0.5 seconds.The starters are offered on the market in two types:- closed type – metal boxes providing the corresponding IP code from dust and moisture (IP 54) as at mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through breakers or disconnectors- open type – for mounting in distribution boxes as at mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through breakers or disconnectorsThe starters are offered on the market without mounted thermal protection which is purchased separately according to the motor capacity. The choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.If necessary, at client’s order the power supply operating voltage of the pneumatic starter can be changed.Functions: - switching on/off alternating current three phase motors operating according to a scheme “star - delta”- does not allow secondary unwarranted switching on of the starter at transitory lowering of the voltage- protects the motor from overload in the range of the corresponding thermal protection- indication of the operating condition through a valve indicator- possibility for mounting of additional contacts (for the open type)- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristicsTechnical data:
* Rated voltage of the controlling voltage: 400V AC; 50/60 HzNote: In case you need different controlling coils voltage of the starters you can turn to our regional representatives.
* Rated operating voltage: 690V* Rated operating current range: from 7 to 93A AC* insulation voltage: >690V* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V* Joining terminal: screw terminal* Little power consumption and small dimensions* Connecting:
- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer and section according to the motor power- three by three inlets/outlets supplied with orifices for the cables
* Possibility for operation at higher frequency* Mounting:
- mounting to a flat surface (wall) with bolts/screws- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* The metal body is covered with corrosion-proof paint* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1EN 60947-4-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
R S T
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
K2 K3 K1
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6
U1 V1 W1
U2 V2 W2
1 3 5
2 4 6
2 4 6
U1 V1 W1
U2 V2 W2
96
95
21
22
13
14K2
12
14
K112
14
K255
56
67
68K2
K321
22K1
21
22
K1 K2 K3
REMOTE CONTROL
LT2-Exx
Kx = LT3-Dxx
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
“Star/delta” starter
E5
68
Overall dimensions (mm)
Type designation(without a box)
135 170 160
135 170 160
150 285 190
150 285 190
150 310 190
LТ3-D25А
LТ3-D32А
LТ3-D40А
LТ3-D65А
LТ3-D95А
370
370
470
470
470
240
240
265
265
265
160
160
160
160
160
Overall dimensions (mm)
Type designation(with a box)
LT 3 -B-D25A
LT 3 -B-D32A
LT 3 -B-D40A
LT 3 -B-D65A
LT 3 -B-D95A
height width depth
220V 230V
380V 400V 415V 440V
Rated capacitykW
Catalogue number
400
400
400
400
400
43253
43323
43403
43653
43953
Coil voltage (V AC)
Rated current
25А
32А
40А
65А
95А
Type designation(without a box)
LТ3-D25А
LТ3-D32А
LТ3-D40А
LТ3-D65А
LТ3-D95А
11
15
18.5
30
37
15
18.5
22
55
75
15
18.5
22
55
75
15
18.5
22
55
75
220V 230V
380V 400V 415V 440V
Rated capacitykW
Catalogue number
400
400
400
400
400
43254
43255
43256
43257
43258
Coil voltage (V AC)
Rated current
25А
32А
40А
65А
95А
Type designation(with a box)
LT 3 - B - D25A
LT 3 - B - D32A
LT 3 - B - D40A
LT 3 - B - D65A
LT 3 - B - D95A
11
15
18.5
30
37
15
18.5
22
55
75
15
18.5
22
55
75
15
18.5
22
55
75
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
“Star/delta” starter
Note: It is necessary that thermal protection with suitable range is mounted to protect the controlled motor. The shown values of magnetic starters are for normal regimes for motor control, for hard operation regimes are chosen starters which correspond to the current rating of the motor
Note: It is necessary that thermal protection with suitable range is mounted to protect the controlled motor. The shown values of magnetic starters are for normal regimes for motor control, for hard operation regimes are chosen starters which correspond to the current rating of the motor
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E5
69
height width depth
www.elmarkgroup.eu
The electromagnetic starters LT4 Dxx series are devices used for direct start, reverse start and protection of induction
motors with short connected rotor. They are a combination of two contactors LT1 Dxx series supplied with two buttons
“start” and one “stop” fabric cabled. They provide the unwinding of the motor in one of the directions with possibility for
pushing the button “stop” and giving command from the other “start” for changing the motor winding direction. The two
contactors are mechanically blocked and do not allow simultaneous start in both winding directions.
The starters are offered – closed type in metal boxes providing the corresponding IP code from dust and moisture (IP54)
as at mounting there should be provided protection of the device from short circuit through breakers or disconnectors.
The starters are offered with mounted thermal protection which can be substituted according to the motor power. The
choice of a suitable protection prevents motor’s operation at unusual temperature conditions and guarantees maximum
constant operation, increases the effectiveness and prolongs the term of exploitation.
If necessary, at order the power supply operating voltage of the pneumatic starter can be changed.
Functions:
- switching on alternating current three phase motors in one winding direction, switching off and change of the winding
direction at giving a signal
- does not allow secondary unwarranted switching on of the starter at transitory lowering of the voltage
- protects the motor from overload in the range of the corresponding thermal protection
- remarkable with high reliability of current characteristics
Technical data:
* Rated voltage of the controlling voltage: 400V AC; 50/60 Hz
Note: In case you need different controlling coils voltage of the starters you can turn to our regional representatives.
* Rated operating voltage: 690V
* Rated operating current range: from 7 to 93 A AC
* insulation voltage: 690V
* Surge voltage wear resistance:≥6000V
* Joining terminal: screw terminal
* Little power consumption and small dimensions
* Connecting:
- flexible or rigid conductors with or without cable terminal for joining to the consumer and section according to the
motor power
- three by three inlets/outlets supplied with orifices for the cables
* Possibility for operation at higher frequency
* IP code: IP 44
* Mounting:
- mounting to a flat surface (wall) with bolts/screws
- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)
* The metal body is covered with corrosion-proof paint
* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to
the product:
Standard EN 60947-1
EN 60947-4-1
The products are in accordance
with the directives of EC “Low
voltage directives (LVD) no.
73/23 EEC” and
“Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directives (EMC)
no. 89/336 EEC”.
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Reverse starters
E6
70
220V 230V
380V 400V 415V 440V
Rated capacitykW
Catalogue number
400
400
400
400
400
43001
43002
43003
43004
43005
Coil voltage (V AC)
Rated current
25А
32А
40А
65А
95А
Type designation(with a box)
LT 4 - B - D25A
LT 4 - B - D32A
LT 4 - B - D40A
LT 4 - B - D65A
LT 4 - B - D95A
11
15
18.5
30
37
15
18.5
22
55
75
15
18.5
22
55
75
15
18.5
22
55
75
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Reverse starters
370
370
470
470
470
240
240
265
265
265
160
160
160
160
160
Overall dimensions (mm)Type designation(with a box)
height width depth
LT 4 -B-D25A
LT 4 -B-D32A
LT 4 -B-D40A
LT 4 -B-D65A
LT 4 -B-D95A
L1 L2 L3
K11 L1 3 L2 5 L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
K22 T1 4 T2 6 T3 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
1 L1 3 L2 5 L3
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
F1
U1 V1 W1
K 2-14 A
95NC 97NO
F1
9896
R
I II0
K 114 N0
13
S 1 S 2
13
14 N0K 2
K 2-5
K 1
A 2 A 2
K 2
A 1 A 1
scheme “Reverse”
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E6
71
www.elmarkgroup.euELM 1000 frequency invertersfor conveyor systems control
Frequency inverters are designed to control three-phase induction motors with short-circuited rotor. They provide for the implementation of some control laws, thus becoming an indispensable part of the control systems for conveyors and packaging machines. The ELM 1000 inverter provides optimized V/f control and output load can reach up to 150% within 60 seconds. It features easy definition of curves and easy parameters setting of inverter through the use of control panel buttons.
Functions:- rotation speed increase – automatic and manual- sliding compensation: from 0 to 20%- adjustment of the V/F control curve – linear or quadratic- energy saving through automatic optimization of the V/F curve- omission of resonance frequencies- JOG function- 'counter' function- automatic restart option in case of power supply failure- seven speed degrees control option- control choice from the control panel; external or COM terminal- frequency control from the control panel, external potentiometer by current or by voltage- incoming signals on clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation, multi-step control, restart, etc.- outgoing discrete control signal 24V- outgoing analogue control signal 0 – 10V- DC brake in static mode- dynamic breaking with external breaking resistor – used in inert electric motor load- output voltage adjustment option- activation of output safety functions option
Technical features:* Rated working voltage: 230/400V АС; 50 Hz
* Permissible working voltage deviation: ±10%* Unbalance of phases: < 3%* Frequency fluctuation: < 5%* Output frequency: 0 – 400 Hz* Output voltage: from 0 to Ubx max* Overload capacity:
- constant: up to 110%- moment: up to 150%
* Precision of output frequency adjustment: 0.1%* Type of connection:
- the connection of the inverter to the power supply should always be done through a circuit breaker of the MCB or MCCB type
- connection of consumer to power terminals: through conductors suitable for the power- connection of control circuits: flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2
Note: It is not recommendable to mount contactors or other commutation devices between the frequency inverter and the motor, except as described in the product passport.
*Mounting:- mounting to a flat surface by means of bolts- mounting position – vertical gradient maximum ± 5°
Note: When more than one inverter is mounted in a board, it is recommendable to install them side by side and when this is not possible, the appropriate cooling conditions should be provided.
* Plastic: UV-rays resistant and fire resistant (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10° to 60° C* Altitude : up to 2000 m* Function enhancement option: through the inclusion of additional modules
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
E7
72
Documents corresponding to the product:
Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Type of signМ1000- G -0150 T3 С
lid type code: C=metal clips; B=plastic lid power supply code: T3=three-phase; S2= single phase motor power inverter type: G=constant momentum inverter model
Type ofinverter
ELМ1000-G0015S2B
ELМ1000-G0007T3B
ELМ1000-G0015T3B
ELМ1000-G0022T3B
ELМ1000-G0037T3B
ELМ1000-G0040T3B
ELМ1000-G0055T3B
ELМ1000-G0075T3B
ELМ1000-G0110T3C
ELМ1000-G0150T3C
ELМ1000-G0007S2B
H
150
170
170
170
170
250
250
300
300
340
380
W
105
125
125
125
125
162
162
200
200
225
230
A
139
160
160
160
160
233
233
282
282
322
362
B
94
114
114
114
114
145
145
182
182
160
186
D
120
140
140
140
140
150
150
160
160
220
225
d
Ø4
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Dimensions (mm):
Type Maximumoutput power
(kW)
Inputvoltage
Maximumcurrent output
(А)
Catalogue number
ELМ1000-G0007S2B
ELМ1000-G0015S2B
ELМ1000-G0007T3B
ELМ1000-G0015T3B
ELМ1000-G0022T3B
ELМ1000-G0037T3B
ELМ1000-G0040T3B
ELМ1000-G0055T3B
ELМ1000-G0075T3B
ELМ1000-G0110T3C
ELМ1000-G0150T3C
230V
230V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
0.75
1.5
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
4.5
7
2
4
6.5
8
9
12
17
23
32
423107M
423115M
423307M
423315M
423322M
423337M
423340M
423355M
423375M
423391M
423392M
ELM 1000 frequency inverters
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E7
73
R
S
T
R
S
T
U
V
W
E
FM
V3
TA
TB
TC
M
AIM
V3
12V
OUTJ
A+B-
485 Comunication
OP 1
OP 2
OP 3
OP 4
OP 5
OP 6
OP 7
OP 8
COM
V1
V2
I 2
V 3
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60898-1 EN 60947-2The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
The frequency inverters are designed to control mono phase and three-phase induction motors with short connected rotor. Different control laws can be applied through them which make them an irreplaceable part of control systems for conveyers, packing machines, air-conditioning systems, pumps and compressors. It is not advisable to use inverters EL – ZVF9 type for control of elevators.
Functions: 1. Control functions
- moment increase – automatically and manually - sliding compensation: from 0 to 20%- control curve V/F adjustment – linear or quadratic- energy saving through automatic optimizing of the V/F curve- possibility for applying PID control law- omission of frequencies that can lead to resonance - JOG function- “counter” function- possibility for automatic restart at momentary power supply failure- multistage speed control
2. Controlling functions- choice of control from control panel: outside terminal or COM-terminal- frequency control from control panel, outside potentiometer, current, voltage or terminal 485- input signals for direst and reverse winding, multistage control, restart, etc- outlet control discreet signal 24V- outlet control analogue signal 0-10V
3. Brake functions- DC-brake - dynamic stopping with outside brake resistor – used at motor inertia load
4. Protective functions- phase breaking at the inverter inlet- outlet overcurrent- outlet overload- inlet low voltage- overheat of bearings and windings (if there are sensors in the motor)
Technical data:* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V AC; 50Hz* Admissible diversion of the rated voltage: ±10%* Disbalance of the phases: <3%* Frequency variation: <5%* Outlet frequency: 0 – 400Hz* Outlet voltage: from 0 to Uin max* Overload capacity:
- constant: up to 110%- transitory: up to 180%
* Modulating system: width impulse modulation (WIM)* Regulating accuracy of the outlet frequency: 0.01% * Connecting:
- the connecting of the inverter to the power supply grid must compulsory be through a breaker MCB type or MCCB- connecting of the consumer to the power terminals: with conductors suitable for the power - connecting of the controlling signals: flexible conductor up to 1.5mm
Note: Mounting of contactors or other commutation devices is not recommended between the frequency inverter and the controlled motor, except for the cases described in the passport of the product
* Mounting:- mounting to a flat surface with bolts- mounting position: vertical gradient – maximum± 5ْ
Note: At mounting more than one inverter in a panel it is recommended that they are mounted next to one another; when this is impossible suitable conditions for cooling the devices must be provided.
* Plastic: wear resistance of UV rays and non-flammable (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10Cْ + 60 ْC* Installation altitude: up to 2000m* Possibility for widening of the functions through including additional devices
mono phase inverter
three-phase inverter
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Frequency inverters EL – ZVF9 typefor water pumps and fans control
E7
74
Invertertype
EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2
H
170
170
170
170
170
170
250
250
336
336
380
380
W
125
125
125
125
125
125
155
155
316
316
360
360
A
159
159
159
159
159
159
230
230
180
180
210
210
B
113
113
113
113
113
113
143
143
140
140
160
160
D
142
142
142
142
142
142
148
148
168
168
200
200
d
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5.5
Ø5.5
Ø10
Ø10
Ø10
Ø10
Dimensions (mm)
Type Maximum outlet capacity (kW)
Inlet voltage
Maximum outletcurrent (A)
Catalogue number
EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4
230V
230V
230V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
0.75
1.5
2.2
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
4
7
10
2.5
3.7
5
7
9.5
13
18
24
30
423107
423115
423122
423307
423315
423322
423337
423340
423355
423375
423391
423392
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Frequency inverterswww.elmarkgroup.eu
E7
75
Type designationZVF9 - G - 0075 T 4
power supply voltage code: 2=230V; 4=400Vphase number: T =three-phase; S = mono phasemotor powerinverter type: P=quadratic moment; G=constant momentinverter model
brake resistance throttle
three-phase power supply
input
potentiometer inputor analog
voltage (DC 0 - 10V)
analog currentinput (DC 4 - 20mA)
common connection
direct rolling/stop
reverse/stop
signalization in case of fault
reversion after fault
multi-speed Х1
multi-speed Х2
multi-speed Х3
slipping
electrical motor
relay in case of fault(AC250/2A)
output 1
output 2
analog outputDC 0 - 10V or 0 - 1 mAoutput +12V
www.elmarkgroup.euELM2000 frequency inverters with no-sensor control
Frequency inverters are designed to control three-phase induction motors with short-circuited rotor. They provide for the implementation of some control laws, thus becoming an indispensable part of the control systems for conveyors and packaging machines, pumps, air conditioning systems, etc. The ELM 2000 inverter provides the so-called no-sensor control, V/f control and impulse control while the output load can reach up to 150% within 60 seconds. It features easy definition of curves and easy parameters setting of inverter through the use of control panel buttons.
Functions:- rotation speed increase – automatic and manual- sliding compensation: from 0 to 20%- no-sensor control of the motor- adjustment of the V/F control curve – linear or quadratic- energy saving through automatic optimization of the V/F curve- PID control law implementation option- omission of resonance frequencies- JOG function- 'counter' function- automatic restart option in case of power supply failure- fifteen speed degrees control option- control choice from the control panel; external or COM terminal- frequency control from the control panel, external potentiometer by current or by voltage- auto-calibration in accordance with the switched motor- incoming signals on clockwise or counter-clockwise rotation, multi-step control, restart, etc.- outgoing discrete control signal 24V- outgoing analogue control signal 0 – 10V- DC brake in static mode- dynamic breaking with external breaking resistor – used in inert electric motor load- output voltage adjustment option- activation of output safety functions option- electronic motor protection
Technical features:* Rated working voltage: 230/400V АС; 50 Hz* Permissible working voltage deviation: ±10%* Unbalance of phases: < 3%* Frequency fluctuation: < 5%* Output frequency: 0 – 400 Hz* Output voltage: from 0 to Ubx max* Overload capacity:
- constant: up to 110%- momentary: up to 150%
* Precision of output frequency adjustment: 0.1%* Type of connection:
- the connection of the inverter to the power supply should always be done through a circuit breaker of the MCB or MCCB type
- connection of consumer to power terminals: through conductors suitable for the power- connection of control circuits: flexible conductor up to 1.5 mm2
Note: It is not recommendable to mount contactors or other commutation devices between the frequency inverter and the motor, except as described in the product passport.
* Mounting:- mounting to a flat surface by means of bolts- mounting position – vertical gradient maximum ± 5°Note: When more than one inverter is mounted in a board, it is recommendable to mount them side by side and
when this is not possible, the appropriate cooling conditions should be provided.* Plastic: UV-rays resistant and fire resistant (self-extinguishing material)* Ambient temperature: -10° to 60° C* Altitude : up to 2000 m* Function enhancement option: through the inclusion of additional modules
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
E7
76
Documents corresponding to the product:
Standard EN60898-1EN 60947-2The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
ELМ2000-G0015S2B
ELМ2000-G0007T3B
ELМ2000-G0015T3B
ELМ2000-G0022T3B
ELМ2000-G0037T3B
ELМ2000-G0040T3B
ELМ2000-G0055T3B
ELМ2000-G0075T3B
ELМ2000-G0110T3C
ELМ2000-G0150T3C
ELМ2000-G0007S2B
H
150
170
170
170
170
250
250
300
300
340
380
W
105
125
125
125
125
162
162
200
200
225
230
A
139
160
160
160
160
233
233
282
282
322
362
B
94
114
114
114
114
145
145
182
182
160
186
D
120
140
140
140
140
150
150
160
160
220
225
d
Ø4
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø5
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
ELМ2000-G0007S2B
ELМ2000-G0015S2B
ELМ2000-G0007T3B
ELМ2000-G0015T3B
ELМ2000-G0022T3B
ELМ2000-G0037T3B
ELМ2000-G0040T3B
ELМ2000-G0055T3B
ELМ2000-G0075T3B
ELМ2000-G0110T3C
ELМ2000-G0150T3C
230V
230V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
0.75
1.5
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15
4.5
7
2
4
6.5
8
9
12
17
23
32
423107B
423115B
423307B
423315B
423322B
423337B
423340B
423355B
423375B
423391B
423392B
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E7
77
R
S
T
R
S
T
U
V
W
E
FM
V3
TA
TB
TC
M
AIM
V3
12V
OUTJ
A+B-
485 Comunication
OP 1
OP 2
OP 3
...
...
OP 13
OP 14
OP 15
COM
V1
V2
I 2
V 3
ELM2000 frequency inverters with no-sensor control
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Type of signМ1000- G -0150 T3 С
lid type code: C=metal clips; B=plastic lid power supply code: T3=three-phase; S2= single phase motor power inverter type: G=constant momentum inverter model
Type ofinverter
Dimensions (mm):
Type Maximumoutput power
(kW)
Inputvoltage
Maximumcurrent output
(А)
Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Stopping equipment
Brake resistor and brake element – used when stopping time is little or load inertia moment is huge. Inverters up to 15W are offered with built in brake element but for consumers with high requirements to stopping, there are brake resisters as an outer module for additional mounting to the brake module.
Functions:- increasing of the brake moment- providing a quick stop of the motorTechnical data:
* Rated operating voltage: 230/400V; 50Hz * Admissible diversion of the rated voltage: ±10%* Disbalance of the phases: <3%* Connecting:
- connecting to the inverter through suitable connecting conductors according to the given scheme* Mounting:
- to a metal surface/frame near the inverter- necessity for enough space for the normal cooling of the module- take precautious measures to prevent the access to the electrical connections
EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4
230V
230V
230V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
400V
80W/200Ω
160W/100Ω
300W/70Ω
80W/750Ω
160W/400Ω
300W/250Ω
400W/150Ω
400W/150Ω
600W/100Ω
800W/75Ω
1000W/50Ω
1500W40Ω
Inlet voltage
Invertertype
Break resistor admissible value for inverter type
Catalogue number
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
embedded
Breaking module
Remote control (Extension of the control panel)
It doubles the control panel and serves for control of the inverter from a distance. It represents the inverter panel fabric cabled with cables with different length – 1.0; 1.5; 2.0; 5 and 10m.It is ordered as a separate position in addition to the standard equipment of the inverter.
Connecting scheme of a brake resister
Inverter Breaking module Breaking resister
Connecting scheme of the auxiliary elements
Breaker (MCCB)
Contactor
Inlet reactor
Inlet EMC filter
Outside breaking resister
Outside breaking module
Outlet EMC filter
Outlet reactor
Inverter
DC reactor
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Auxiliary equipment for frequency inverters
422202
422204
422205
422206
422207
422208
422209
422210
422211
422212
422213
422214
E8
78
Cablelength
EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPM2
422UPG2
422UPG2
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPM 1
UPG 1
UPG 1
Type designation
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
2 m
Inverter type Catalogue number
422001
422002
422003
422004
422005
422006
422007
422008
422009
422010
422011
422012
Inverter type Inlet filter type Catalogue number
Filters for protection of the power supply grid from high harmonics (inlet)
The use of frequency inverters for control of motors with short connected rotor is a precondition for interference from non-sine
character in the power supply grid. It concerns to a great extent the use of powerful inverters. The protection of the power supply grid
from the interference is accomplished through the mounting before the inverter of specially designed throttle elements that smoothen
these non-sine waves generated at the operation of the inverter’s rectifier block.
Functions:
- protection of the power supply grid from high harmonics
Technical data:
* Rated operating voltage: 275/480V AC; 50Hz
* Admissible diversion of the operating voltage: ±10%
* insulation voltage
- phase – earth (2s): 2250V DC
- phase – phase (2s): 1500V DC
* Connecting:
- connecting to the inverter through suitable connecting conductors according to the given scheme
* Mounting:
- to a metal surface/frame near the inverter
- necessity for enough space for the normal cooling of the module
- take precautious measures to prevent the access to the electrical connections
- mounted between the inverter and the power supply grid
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Auxiliary equipment for frequency inverterwww.elmarkgroup.eu
E8
79
E8
EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4
DL - 6TH1
DL - 10TH3
DL 15TH1
DL - 5EBK5/40
DL - 5EBK5/40
DL - 10EBK5/40
DL - 16EBK5/40
DL - 16EBK5/40
DL - 16EBK5/40
DL - 25EBK5/40
DL - 35EBK5/40
DL - 50EBK5/50
EL - ZVF 9-G0007S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0015S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0022S2
EL - ZVF 9-G0007T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0015T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0022T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0037T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0040T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0055T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0075T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0110T4
EL - ZVF 9-G0150T4
DL - 5EBL5/40
DL - 10EBL5/40
DL - 16EBL5/40
DL - 5EBL5/40
DL - 5EBL5/40
DL - 10EBL5/40
DL - 16EBL5/40
DL - 16EBL5/40
DL - 16EBL5/40
DL - 25EBL5/40
DL - 35EBL5/40
DL - 50EBL5/40
422013
422014
422015
422016
422017
422018
422019
422020
422021
422022
422023
422024
Inverter type Outlet filter type Catalogue number
Filters for protection from electromagnetic interference (EMC) (outlet)The use of frequency inverters for control of motors with short connected rotor can lead to interference in the magnetic circuits of appliances mounted near the inverter. This is a specially designed filter element that can be mounted at the outlet of the inverter to protect the other equipment from the electromagnetic interference from the motor power supply cable. This filter is recommended when using frequency inverters in systems with special functions, radio dependent systems, medical equipment, etc.Functions:- protection of the power supply grid from electromagnetic interference Technical data:
* Rated operating voltage: 275/480V AC; 50Hz * Admissible diversion of the operating voltage: ±10%* Insulation voltage
- phase – earth (2s): 1500V DC- phase – phase (2s): 1500V DC
* Connecting: - connecting to the inverter through suitable connecting conductors according to the given scheme
* Mounting:- to a metal surface/frame near the inverter- necessity for enough space for the normal cooling of the module- take precautious measures to prevent the access to the electrical connections - mounted between the inverter and the power supply grid
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors80
ELM 2500 soft starters
E9
Soft starters are designed to control the start of three-phase induction motors with short-circuited rotor. A number of motor control issues are avoided through them, and namely: prolonged start moments, auto-ignition of motor, there is no need of star-delta switching, auto-transformer switching, resistant switching, etc. The ELM 2500 soft starter pertains to the AC53b type of starters as per the standard requirements and it provides rotation of motor and once the operation mode is set, a shunt contactor of the LT 1 D/F series is switched to control motor operation as the soft starter is not designed to control motors in a set mode. Under a stop command in accordance with the selected control scheme, the soft starter can or can not be included in shutting the motor down. Functions:1. System functions
- over-voltage protection – motor will switch off when power supply exceeds the preset limits- overload protection – protects the motor from overloading- phase loss protection- temperature overload protection
2. Control functions- output faults- motor faults diagnostics- keyboard or outward control- delayed start option- faults memory
Technical features:* Rated working voltage: 230/400V АС; 50 Hz* Permissible working voltage deviation: ±10%* Unbalance of phases: < 3%* Frequency fluctuation: < 5%* Obligatory bypass contactor installation* Mounting :
- mounting to a flat surface through bolts- mounting position – vertical gradient maximum ± 5°
Note: When more than one soft starter is mounted in a board, it is recommendable to mount them side by side and when this is not possible, the appropriate cooling conditions should be provided.
* Plastic: UV-rays resistant and fire resistant (self-extinguishing material)* Altitude : up to 2000 m
Type of soft starter Power ofmotor( kW )
Rated current( А )
Type of bypass contactor
Cataloguenumber
Type of soft starter
EL M25
EL M25
EL M25
EL M25
EL M25
EL M25015
022
037
045
055
075
А
250
250
250
250
250
510
В
153
153
153
153
153
260
С
162
162
162
162
162
194
E
219
219
219
219
219
389
F
140
140
140
140
140
232
d
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
Ø8
Dimensions (mm)
EL M25022
EL M25037
EL M25045
EL M25055
EL M25075
EL M25015 15
22
37
45
55
75
30
45
76
90
110
150
LT 1-D 50
LT 1-D 50
LT 1-D 80
LT 1-D 95
LT 1-F 115
LT 1-F 150
10
10
16
25
25
35
42225015
42225022
42225037
42225045
42225055
42225075
АЕ
СFB
R S T
L A
M
QF
LT1-D/Fxx
LT 2 Exx
R S T 15 14 13 12 11 10PE RST BX STOP RUN CM
HFR1000
U V W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Y1 Y2 Y3 T1 T2 T3 30A 30B 30C
LT 1 D/Fxx
S3 Lt2 S2 S1
L 1 N
Documents corresponding to the product:
Standard EN60947-4-2EN 60947-1The products are in accordance with the directives of EC “Low voltage directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC” and “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC”.
Section ofpower supplyconductors
Programmable digital one-channel timer TE 15B
The timer is manufactured under the CMOS technology with a quartz minicontroller which makes it reliable for operation. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is possible to adjust six ON/OFF cycles. Using the buttons you can programme a day of the week (the whole week, working days or off-days), time of starting of the cycle and time of switching off. The minimal interval for cycle programming is 1 minute. There is possibility for automatic correction of the time according to the seasonal sun variations. Technical data:
* Display: LCD* Automatic adjustment of the current time (time correction winter/summer)* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Operations: 6 switching ON/OFF* Time deviation: <2s (at 25°C)* Battery for programme storing: up to 15 days* Power consumption: <5VA* Switched on indicator
5* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles7* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10 - +40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO + 1NC* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 6A - inductive load: up to 2.5* Weight: 120g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Cat.N 50036
Cat.N 50101
Programmable timers
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
36 64
36 64
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E10
81
Programmable digital one-channel timer TE 15A
The timer is manufactured under the CMOS technology with a quartz minicontroller which makes it reliable for operation. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is possible to adjust eight ON/OFF cycles. Using the buttons you can programme a day of the week (the whole week, working days or off-days), time of starting of the cycle and time of switching off. The minimal interval for cycle programming is 1 minute.Technical data:
* Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Operations: 8 switching ON/OFF* Time deviation: <2s (at 25°C)* Battery for programme storing: up to 15 days* Power consumption: <5VA* Switched on indicator
5* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles7 * Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10 - +40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO + 1NC* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 6A - inductive load: up to 2.5* Weight: 120g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Programmable digital one-channel timer TE 20The timer is manufactured under the CMOS technology with a quartz minicontroller which makes it reliable for operation. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is possible to adjust forty-eight ON/OFF cycles. Using the buttons you can programme time of starting of the cycle and time of switching off. The minimal interval for cycle programming is 15 minutes. The battery allows programme storing at lack of power supply. Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Time deviation: <2s (at 25°C)* Battery for programme storing and operation: up to 150 hours* Power consumption: <5VA* Switched on indicator
5* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles7* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10 - +40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO + 1NC* Li-Ion battery: 150h* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 16A* Weight: 120g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Tariff switching clock (timer) TE 18The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is used for switching on tariff lighting in housing buildings and switching off after the adjusted time. Easy to adjust time intervals, mounting and conducting. Reliable to use. Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Adjustment range: 0.5 to 20 min* Power consumption: <5VA* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Number of contacts: 1NO* Commutating capacity: - active load: up to 16A - inductive load: up to 10 A* Weight: 75g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Time relay “star/delta” TE 19The time relay is manufactured under the most modern methods of qualitative and reliable materials. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It is used to provide reliable and safe time hold at “star/delta” starters. It gives possibility for time adjustment for motor unwinding in star up to 600s and time change to delta according to the consumer’s need.Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Adjustment range for operation in star: 1 to 600 seconds* Repetition accuracy: ±5% from the whole scale* Adjustment accuracy: ±5% from the whole scale* Zeroing time: <0.5s* Power consumption: <5VA* Electrical wear resistance: 100 000 cycles* Mechanical wear resistance: 1 000 000 cycles* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: up to 5A* Indication: - at operation in “star”: red indication - at operation in “delta”: green indication* Weight: 150g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Cat.N 50100
Cat.N 35005
Cat.N 50102
E10
82Programmable timers
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Timer TE8A – 1aThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. It has a built in battery which allows operation of the timers without charging up to 150 hours. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. There is possibility for adjustment of eight programmes for a day or a week with minimal interval of 1 minute for switching on and off. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Power consumption: <5VA
7* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles5* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10ºC - +55ºC* Temperature of storage: up to 70C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: up to 16A* Two outlet relays* Li-Ion battery: 150h* Weight: 150g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Timer TE8A – 2aThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. It has a built in battery which allows operation of the timers without charging up to 150 hours. The timer is adjusted for DIN-rail mounting. It has two operating channels, each of which can adjust four programmes for a day or a week with minimal interval of 1 minute for switching on and off. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Power consumption: <5VA
7* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles5 * Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10 - +55°C* Temperature of storage: up to 70°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: up to 16A* Li-Ion battery: 150h* Weight: 150g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Timer TE6BThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. The timer is modulated to be mounted on the front panel of boards. The direction of operation is adjusted – direct or reverse. There is possibility to adjust the time range from 0.01 second to 99 hours 59 minutes, possibility for correction of the set values during operation. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Possibility for choice of operating range: - from 0.01 second to 99.99 seconds - from 1 second to 99.59 minutes - from 1 minute to 99.59 hours* Error: <0.01% ±0.05s* Minimal duration of the input pulse: 20ms* Power consumption: <5VA
7* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles5* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Temperature of storage: up to 70°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity at active load: 3A* Weight: 300g
Mounting: * on the front panel of the board
Cat.N 50113
Cat.N 50114
Cat.N 50104
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E10
83Programmable timers
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Timer TE48S-SThe timer is manufactured under the most modern technology CMOS with a quartz minicontroller which makes it precise, qualitative and reliable. The timer is modulated to be mounted on the front panel of boards. The direction of operation is adjusted – direct or reverse. It represents two separate operating channels, each of which can operate independently with time range adjustment from 1 second to 99 minutes, possibility for correction of the set values during operation. Indication on LCD display with high resolution and showing the time in hours, minutes and seconds.Technical data:
* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Admissible variation of the input voltage: 85-110%U* Possibility for choice of operating range: - from 1 to 99 seconds - from 1 minute to 99 minutes* Error: <0.01% ±0.05s* Minimal duration of the input pulse: 20ms* Power consumption: <5VA
7* Electrical wear resistance: 10 cycles5* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles
* Operating temperature: -10-+55°C* Temperature of storage: up to 70°C* Humidity: 45 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity at load: 3A* Weight: 300g
Mounting: * on the front panel of the board
indication
Cat.N 50105
E10
84Programmable timers
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
indication
Adjusting block
Т1 Time settingТ2 Time setting
indication
Timer ТЕ 19MTimer is developed using modern technologies from quality and reliable materials and is adapted for mounting on DIN rail. It is used for providing time intervals in eight time programs, which are assigned by combinations of the keys. There is an option for it to operate in time ranges (assigned by the keys K4, K5,K6): seconds, minutes or hours depending on the necessity of the user. Power contact up to 3A. Technical characteristics:
* Input voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Range of setting: from 0.6 sec to 100 hours* Accuracy of setting: ± 5% from the whole scale* Time for nullifying: <0.5 seconds* Consumed capacity: < 5VA* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 100 000 cycles * Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 1 000 000 cycles * Operation temperature: -10 - +55°С* Humidity: 45 - 85%RH* Computing option: up to 5А* Indication: - on power supply: red indication - on operational output relay: green indication * Weight: 150 gr. * Time functions: according to the programming guide
Mounting method: * DIN rail
Cat.№ 50102M
Universal digital counter CE2JThe device is manufactured under the modern technology CMOS which allows high speed of counting and high counting reliability. It has a built in battery which allows data storing for more than 10 years. It is supplied with a digital display with black lighting digits, providing excellent visibility at different lighting. The counter is to be mounted on the front panel of the boards. It is used for impulse sequence counting with accumulation or deduction. There is possibility for relay outlet operation at reaching beforehand set value, and also a possibility for changing the position of the decimal point.
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Counting range: 0 - 99999* Counting speed: 30/3k cps* Zeroing: outside impulse* Battery for programme storing: up to 10 years* Power consumption: <5VA* Operating temperature: -10-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: relay outlet with active load: up to 3A* Weight: 250g
Mounting: * on the front panel* opening with dimensions: 45x45
Combined digital counter/timer CE10JThe device is for front mounting in the board. It can be used as a counter or timer choosing a definite combination from keys. It is manufactured under the modern technology CMOS which allows high speed of counting, precision at operation as a timer and high reliability. It has a built in battery which allows data storing for more than 10 years. It is supplied with a digital display providing excellent visibility at different lighting. It is used for impulse sequence counting with accumulation or deduction. There is possibility for relay outlet operation at reaching beforehand set value, and also a possibility for changing the position of the decimal point.
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz * Counting range: 0 – 999* Timer range: 0.01 – 99h99min * Counting speed: 30/500 cps * Zeroing: outside impulse * Battery for programme storing: up to 10 years * Power consumption: <3VA
7* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 cycles* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Commutating capacity: relay outlet with active load: up to 3A* Weight: 120g
Mounting: * on the front panel* opening with dimensions: 45x45
Protection indicator Outlet channel indicator
Power supply indicator
Current value
Set value 1 and 2
Return button
System return button Operational
button Display button
Setting buttons (1~6)
Set value
operating value
setvalue
functional button
Cat.N 50120
Digital counters
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Cat.N 50111
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E11
85
68
68
90
65
68
68
68
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Total digital counter CE15JThe device is to be mounted on DIN-rail. It is used as an impulse counter with no outside power supply. For that purpose there is a Li battery built in the device which provides data storing and operation of the device for 5 years. It has eight digital lighting display providing excellent visibility at different lighting. It is used for impulse sequence counting with accumulation.
Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: built in battery* Inlet signal: 100-230V AC/DC* Counting accuracy: <0.002%* Data storing battery: up to 5 years* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Weight: 120gMounting: * DIN-rail
Total digital counter CE15LThe device is to be mounted on DIN-rail. It is used as a time impulse counter with no outside power supply. For that purpose there is a Li battery built in the device which provides data storing and operation of the device for 5 years. It has eight digital lighting display providing excellent visibility at different lighting. It is used for time impulse sequence counting with accumulation. It displays the operated time.
Technical data: * Display: LCD* Power supply voltage: built in battery* Inlet signal: 100-230V AC/DC* Counting accuracy: <0.002%* Battery for data storing: up to 5 years* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Weight: 120g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
Phase sequence indicator EK - RSTB The device is to be mounted on DIN-rail. It is used for control and indication of the presence, sequence and quality of the phases. The device indicates the following fault:- lack of one or several phases;- change in the sequence of the phases;- lowering of the power supplying voltage: under 10%;- increasing of the power supplying voltage: over 10%;- phase asymmetry of the power supplying voltage: ±10%In the presence of one of the conditions above a relay starts operating in the device which breaks the controlling circuit. The time between fault indication and outlet relay switching on can be adjusted in order to prevent unwilling stops at very short breaks. When the voltage is back to normal limits, the device receives energy (indication lights) according to the hysteresic values. At phase sequence fault the device operates immediately.
Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 400V; 50Hz* Possibility for operation range adjustment: 0.1 – 10 seconds
* Electrical wear resistance: 1 000 000 cycles* Mechanical wear resistance: 10 000 000 cycles* Indication: - green LED – indication for a change in the condition - red LED - failure* Operating temperature: -5-+40°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Weight: 120g
Mounting: * DIN-rail
* Possibility for working range adjustment: from 300 to 480 V
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Cat.N 50112
Cat.N 50115
Cat.N 50103
Digital counters
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
E11
86
Industrial Relays and BasesDevices intended for construction of automation and signalling boards. They are mainly used for command transfer towards the executive mechanisms. Currents of comparatively heavy values enabling the direct control of industrial executive mechanisms are commuted in comparatively small sizes. The contact surfaces are made from silver-coated electrolytic copper. The entire contact system is closed within a lid of colourless fire-proof plastic with a test-button installed to it. The base provides a safe electric connection of the conductors of the electric installation and the relays and is used to install the relay to the DIN busbar.
Technical Characteristics:* Supply voltage: from 12 to 230V АС, 50 Нz and from 12 to 110V DC* Acceptable deviation of the supply voltage: 85 -110% Un* Rated current of the sockets: 10А АС* Electrical endurance: 1 000 000 cycles* Isolation resistance: 500 mΩ /min (500V)* Impulse tension resistance: 2000V, 50Нz* Dielectric strength: 1000V АС/1 min* Turn-out time: 25ms* Working temperature: -5 - + 65°С* Humidity: 35 - 85% RH
Method of installation:* on a DIN rail by means of a socket
Industrial Relays
ELMELMELM
- 14FC - 14FC - 14FC
12 VDC24 VDC48 VDC
PSF14APSF14APSF14A
27010804340
571415714257143
Relay type Socket type Resistance of the coil( Ω )
Catalogue numberVoltage of the coil( V )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E12
87
576015760257603576055761157612576135761457615
ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.02ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04ELM - 55.04
12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC230 VAC12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC110 VAC230 VAC
ELM - 94.3ELM - 94.3ELM - 94.3ELM - 94.3ELM - 94.4ELM - 94.4ELM - 94.4ELM - 94.4ELM - 94.4
42168675
1400042
1686753500
14000
575215752257523575255754157542575435754457545
ELM - 60.2ELM - 60.2ELM - 60.2ELM - 60.2ELM - 60.13ELM - 60.13ELM - 60.13ELM - 60.13ELM - 60.13
12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC230 VAC12 VAC24 VAC48 VAC110 VAC230 VAC
ELM - 90.22ELM - 90.22ELM - 90.22ELM - 90.22ELM - 90.23ELM - 90.23ELM - 90.23ELM - 90.23ELM - 90.23
2080
32074002080
32017007400
ELM - 14AELM - 94.3ELM - 94.4ELM - 90.22ELM - 90.23
81114811
5790157902579035790457905
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Documents corresponding to the product:EN 60947-5-1;EN 61810
Relay type Socket type Resistance of the coil( Ω )
Catalogue numberVoltage of the coil( V )
Relay type Socket type Resistance of the coil( Ω )
Catalogue numberVoltage of the coil( V )
Relay type Resistance of the coil( Ω )
Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
E13
88
Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard EN 61010-1
Thermocouple and thermo resistance The thermo-measuring elements are designed for measuring the temperature in the point of contact between the surface (warmed or cooled) and the thermo-element. They are a comparatively cheap and the most wide-spread method for temperature measurement. The thermocouples are produced by accumulating two conductors from a special measuring alloy in one common head. Each of these elements has a specific electromotive voltage at a specific temperature. The temperature measuring is based on the difference in the electromotive powers between the hot and the cool end of the thermocouple, while this difference in the form of voltage of several milivolts is supplied at the input of the thermoregulator, which displays the measured temperature. Each thermocouple is produced and calibrated for measuring of specific temperature ranges depending on the alloys of which it is made. When thermocouples measuring great distances from the thermoregulators are used (more than 15 points), it is obligatory to use compensatory cable corresponding to the type of the thermocouple. The thermo-resistant elements action is based on the capacity of specific alloys, very often Pt100 to change their resistance when the temperature is changed. For each temperature value is specified a value of resistance. This value is supplied at the input of the thermoregulator, which displays the measured temperature. Each thermoregulator operates with a specific type of thermo-element.
Devices for temperature measurement
Type Catalogue number
TK 2 T - KTK 2 T - JTK 2 T - Pt100
501215012250123
K
K
K
K
J
J
Pt100
Pt100
Type of thermo-element Symbol Temperature range Type of catching Sizes of the head Size of the free end Catalogue number
WRNT - 01
WRNT - 01
WRNT - 31
WRNT - 13
WRKT - 01
WRKT - 13
WXPT - 13
WXPT - 13
-15 ÷ 95°C
0 ÷ 400°C
0 ÷ 400°C
0 ÷400°C
0 ÷400°C
0 ÷400°C
-15 ÷95°C
0 ÷400°C
nut
nut
Bayonet
explosion-proof
nut
explosion-proof
explosion-proof
explosion-proof
30 x 35
30 x 35
30 x 35
Ø6
30 x 35
Ø6
Ø6
Ø6
1m
1m
0.5m
2m
1m
2m
2m
2m
50K95G
50K40G
50K40B
50K40EX
50J40G
50J40EX
50PT95EX
50PT40EX
Digital temperature regulator TK2T – K; J; Pt 100 The device is used for temperature control and indication in industrial projects. It allows the following and regulation of temperature in range up to 999°C depending on the mounted measuring element – thermo pair or thermo resistance. It is offered in versions for the most popular types of measuring elements – K (CA); J (IC) PT 100 as the last letter of the type defines the measuring element type. The device is to be mounted on the front panel of the boards. It is easy to program through a combination of buttons on the front panel. On the LCD display are values of the set and actually measured temperature on different lines. The device allows easy change of the set temperature and possibility for choice of switching on PID regulation law. It allows easy adjustment of the regulation, and the mounted SSR relay makes it convenient for thyristors control and provides high operation reliability.
Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 230V; 50Hz* Admissible deviation of the power supply voltage: 85 – 110%Un* Inlet signal: thermo pair K, J or thermo resistance PT 100* Outlet: S:SSR* Failure outlet: relay* Electrical wear resistance: 1 000 000 cycles* Indication: - green LED – indication for the measured (current) temperature - red LED – indication for the set temperature* Insulation resistance: 20 m min (500V)* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 2000V; 50Hz* Operating temperature: -5 - +65°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH
Mounting: * on the front panel
Ω
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E14
89
MSQ -40
200/5250/5300/5400/5500/5600/5
0.50.50.50.50.50.5
101010101010
0.600.600.600.600.600.60
45204А45254А45304А45404А45504А45604А
MSQ -60
400/5500/5600/5800/51000/51200/5
0.50.50.50.50.50.5
151515151515
0.600.600.600.600.600.60
45406А45506А45606А45806А45906А45916А
MSQ -30
50/575/5100/5150/5
0.50.50.50.5
5555
0.600.600.600.60
45050А45075А45103А45153А
Current measurement transformesr
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Current measurement transformers MSQ – xx typeThe measurement transformers find application at current measuring, current regulation, systems for current characteristics watching, systems for reactive energy compensation, signaling, etc. They are with x/5 gear ratio as X is the inlet range of the transformer.
Technical data:* Maximum operating voltage: 720V; 50Hz* Admissible deviation of the operating current: 1.2 x In* Inlet current: 50 – 1200A* Outlet current: 5A* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 4000V; 50Hz (1min)* Operating temperature: -5-+65°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Precision class: 0.5
Mounting: * vertically or horizontally to the power supplying rails according to the opening of the transformer
Range CapacityVA
Weightkg
Catalogue numberPrecision class
Range CapacityVA
Weightkg
Catalogue numberPrecision class
Range CapacityVA
Weightkg
Catalogue numberPrecision class
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1;EN 60044-1; EN 60044-6
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E15
90Voltage transformers
89
JBK5 - xxx main transformer
Functions:It reduces main voltage within standard range
* separates the galvanic power supply circuit from the operation circuit
Technical features:* Input voltage: 400 or 230 V* Output voltage: 230-110-48V or 110-48-24V* Frequency : 50/60Hz* Short circuit resistance: unstable* Temperature class: В (130ºC)* Construction: open (to be installed in other products)* Magnetic circuit: cold rolled electric furnace steel* Coils: pure electric copper* Protection degree: Ip00
Connection:* flexible or hard conductors of relevant section to terminals
Mounting:* Mounting in distribution boards or products* fastening: by means of screws/bolts to the surface* position: vertical* ambient temperature: -20 ÷+40ºС
C
Fd
D
E
G
EVT5 - 150VA
EVT5 - 150VA
EVT5 - 250VA
EVT5 - 250VA
EVT5 - 500VA
EVT5 - 500VA
EVT5 - 500VA
EVT5 - 500VA
EVT5 -1000VA
EVT5 - 1000VA
EVT5 - 1600VA
EVT5 - 1600VA
Type
C D E F G d
PowerVA
Initialvoltage
(V)
Secondaryvoltage
(V) Catalogue number
100
100
130
130
150
150
150
150
170
170
190
190
80
80
100
100
113
113
125
125
125
125
125
125
100
100
120
120
133
133
133
133
150
150
150
150
50
50
53
53
53
53
53
53
65
65
65
65
110
110
130
130
140
140
140
140
155
155
170
170
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
1 50
150
250
250
500
500
500
500
1000
1000
1600
1600
230
400
230
400
230
230
400
400
230
400
230
400
48-24-12
48-24-12
48-24-12
48-24-12
48-24-12
110-48-24
48-24-12
110-48-24
48-24-12
48-24-12
48-24-12
48-24-12
45241
45441
45242
45442
45245
45215
45445
45415
45241
45441
452416
454416
Dimensions
Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard EN 61010-1
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Digital volt /amperemeter EKDP 15 A/VDigital device adjusted for DIN-rail mounting and offered in two types:
-amperemeter -voltmeter
It is supplied with LCD display where the measurement quantity is displayed with numbers with 31/2 size. It has high accuracy of analogue-digital transfer, measurement precision and electromagnetic interference stability. There is possibility for adjustment of the measurement range through built in micro switches. Adjusted to measure constant current
and alternating current quantities.
Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 100 - 240V; 50Hz
* Inlet signal: - operating as voltmeter: 2 – 700V (the range is adjusted from inside) - operating as amperemeter: 5 – 2000A (the range is adjusted from inside)
Note: At current range over 5A a current measurement transformer should be used* Consumption: <5A* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 4000V; 50Hz (1min)* Operating temperature: -5-+50°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Precision: 0.5% from the whole scale* Display: LCD* Weight: 150gr
Mounting:* DIN-rail
meter
(AD,DV) (AA,VA)
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Digital and frequency meter EKDP7Digital device adjusted for mounting on the front panel of electrical boards and offered in the following types:
- amperemeter: EKDP7 – AA – amperemeter for alternating current EKDP7 – DA – amperemeter for direct current - voltmeter: EKDP7 – AV – voltmeter for alternating current EKDP7 – DV – voltmeter for direct current EKDP7 – Hz – frequency meter
It is supplied with LCD display where the measurement quantity is displayed with numbers with 31/2 size. It has high accuracy of analogue-digital transfer, measurement precision and electromagnetic interference stability. There is possibility for adjustment of the measurement range through built in micro switches. Adjusted to measure direct current and alternating current quantities.
Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 100 - 240V; 50Hz
* Inlet signal: - operating as voltmeter: 2 – 700V (the range is adjusted from inside) - operating as amperemeter: 5 – 2000A (the range is adjusted from inside
Note: For high current range a current measurement transformer should be used for alternating current device and a measurement shunt for direct current.
* Consumption: <5A* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 4000V; 50Hz (1min)* Operating temperature: -5-+50°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Precision: 0.5% from the whole scale* Display: LCD * Weight: 130gr
Mounting: * on the front panel
voltmeter/amperemeter
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 61010-1
Type Catalogue number
EKDP7-AVEKDP7-AAEKDP7-DVEKDP7-DAEKDP7-HZ
5010650107501085010950110
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Displaying measurement devices
inlet
power supply
www.elmarkgroup.eu
E16
91
Type Catalogue number
EKDP-15AAEKDP-15ADEKDP-15VAEKDP-15VD
50117A50117D50116A50116D
amperemeter АС
amperemeter АС
amperemeter АС
amperemeter АС
amperemeter АС
amperemeter АС
amperemeter АС
voltmeter АС*
frequency meter**
cosφ meter
amperemeter DC
amperemeter DC
voltmeter DC
voltmeter DC
wattmeter
wattmeter
wattmeter
-
current transfer 100/5
current transfer 200/5
current transfer 400/5
current transfer 600/5
current transfer 1000/5
current transfer 1500/5
-
-
-
-
outer resistor 60mV
-
-
-
-
-
Range Note Catalogue number
50118
654010
654020
654040
654060
654100
654150
50125
50126
50127
50128
50129
50130
50131
50132
50133
50134
Precision class
0-40А
0-100А
0-200А
0-400А
0-600А
0-1000А
0-1500А
0-500V
45-65Hz
3P 400V
0-5A
0-50A
0-50V
0-100V
0-3000W 1P240V
0-3000W 3P 3 line
0-3000W 3P 4 line
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
МЕ
MEMSI
MEMC
MEMC
MEMC
MEMC
MEMSI
MEMSI
MEMSI
Type of the measurement system
Designationpanel meter
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Electronic electrometers for mounting on a DIN rail type DDS 722/DTS 722Electronic monophase and three-phase electrometers designed for measuring active energy adapted for mounting on DIN rail. They perform direct measuring of electric energy, while the measured quantity of electric energy is displayed on a seven-digit LCD display. No additional calibration of the system is needed. Technical characteristics:
* Direct measuring of current: up to 30 (100) А; 50/60Hz* Automatic temperature compensation * Light indication on loss of phase * Indication for reverse connection * Indication for faulty measuring* Measuring class: 1
Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard IEC 61036
E16
92
Note
73
68
44
4535
8863
88 6712
.5
75
127
Monophase Three-phase
Voltage(V)
Catalogue numberPrecision class
Measuring rangeType designation
DDS722 - 10
DDS722 - 15
DDS722 - 30
DTS722 - 10
DTS722 - 15
DTS722 - 30
10 (40)
15 (60)
30 (100)
3x10 (40)
3x15 (60)
3x30 (100)
1
1
1
1
1
1
230
230
230
400
400
400
50210
50215
50230
50410
50415
50430
-
-
-
-
-
-
Analogue (pointer) panel meters SD72 type for build-inAnalogue devices adjusted for mounting on the front panel of electrical boards. Designed for frequency measurement, capacity, alternating or direct voltage and current of the power supply grid. They are manufactured on the basis of bridge measurement schemes. There is possibility for display change for the higher scopes of measuring.
Note: MEMSI - magnetic-electrical movable steel instrument; MEMC – magnetic-electrical movable coil* Possibility for supplying with voltage transformer X/100V for range expanding
** Possibility for voltage 110, 230, 400V
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60051-1
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Displaying measurement devices
Digital multimeter ЕМ5510This is a digital device for measuring of humidity, illumination, temperature and all electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in digits with the size of 3 ¾ . It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:
* DC voltage: 0.4 / 4 / 40 / 400 / 600 V* AC voltage : 4 / 40 / 400 / 600V* DC current: 400μ / 4000μ / 40m / 400m / 10A* AC current: 400μ / 4000μ / 40m / 400m / 10A* Resistance: 400 / 4K / 40K / 400K / 4M / 40MΩ* Capacitors: 4η / 40η / 400η / 4μ / 40μ / 100μF* Frequency: 10 / 100 / 1k / 10k / 100k / 200kHz* Loading cycles: from 0.1% to 99.9%* Temperature: -20° up to 1000°С* Humidity: 30% to 95%* Illumination: 4000 Lux / 40000 Lux* Noise level: 35 to 100dB* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 310 g (including battery)* Battery: 1x9V* Dimensions: 83 х 162 х 47mm
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Manual meterswww.elmarkgroup.eu
E17
93
Cat. №5195510
Digital multimeter ЕМ420CThis is a digital device for measuring of humidity, illumination, temperature and all electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in 4 digits with the size of 16 mm. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:
* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 600 V * AC voltage : 2 / 20 / 200 / 600V* DC current: 200μ / 2000μ / 20m / 200m / 2 / 10A * AC current: 00μ / 2000μ / 20m / 200m / 2 / 10A* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20MΩ* Temperature: -20° up to 1000°С* Battery test: 1.5 / 3 / 9 / 12 V* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 200 g (including battery)* battery: 3x1.5 V* dimensions: 75 х 158 х 35mm
Cat. №519420
Digital multimeter ЕМ3055This is a digital device for measuring of all electric values. It features manual range adjustment. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in 4 digits with the size of 3 ½ . It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences.Technical features:
* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 1000 V* AC voltage: 2 / 20 / 200 / 750V* DC current: 2m / 20m / 200m / 10A* AC current: 200m / 10A* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20M / 200MΩ* Capacity: 2000p / 20η / 200η / 20μF* Temperature: 0° up to 1000°С* Battery test: 1.5 / 3 / 9 / 12 V* Transistor test: Vce≈3V , Ib≈10μF
* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 495 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 97 х 200 х 48mm
Cat. №5193055
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
E17
94Manual meters
Digital multimeter EM3058This is a digital device for measuring of temperature and all electric values. It features manual range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in digits with the size of 3 ¾ . It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.
Technical features:* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 1000 V* AC voltage: 200 m / 2 / 20 / 200 / 750V* DC current: 20μ / 200 μ / 2m / 200m / 10A* AC current: 20μ / 200μ / 2m / 200m / 2 / 10A* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20M / 200MΩ* Capacitors: 2η / 20η / 200η / 2μ / 20μF* Frequency: 20kHz to 2000kHz* Loading cycles: 0.1% to 99.9%* Temperature: 0° up to 1000°С* Logical level: High > 2.0 V; Low < 0.8 V* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 495 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 97 х 200 х 47 mm
Digital multimeter ЕМ31This is a digital device for measuring of electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in 4 digits with the size of 16 mm. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off and low battery indication.
Technical features:* DC voltage: 240m/ 2400m / 24 / 240 / 600 V* AC voltage: 240m/ 2400m / 24 / 240 / 600 V* DC current: 240μ / 2400μ / 24m / 240m / 10A* AC current: 240μ / 2400μ / 24m / 240m / 10A* Resistance: 240 / 2400 / 24K / 240K / 2400K / 24MΩ* Capacity: 25η to 252μF* Frequency: 50 / 500 / 5000 / 50k / 0.5 MHz* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 137 g (including battery)* battery: 2x1.5 V* dimensions: 70 х 126 х 28mm
Cat. №519031
Digital multimeter / pen ЕМ3215This is a digital device for measuring of electric values in the form of a pen. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display, data retain function, automatic reset, polarity selection, range overload indication. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off and low battery indication and a torch.
Technical features:* DC voltage: 200m/ 2 / 20 / 200 / 600 V* AC voltage: 2 / 20 / 200 / 600V* DC current: 20m to 200mA* AC current: 20m to 200mA* Resistance: 200 / 2K / 20K / 200K / 2M / 20MΩ* Logical level: High > 2.3V; Low < 0.8 V* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 182 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 57 х 230 х 30mm
Cat. №5193215
Cat. №5193058
Digital clamp meter EM202This is a digital clamp meter for measuring of electric values. It features manual range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display showing the measured value in digits with the size of 3½ mm. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:
* DC voltage: 1000 V* AC voltage: 750V* AC current: 20 / 200 / 1000A* Resistance: 200 kΩ* Temperature: -40° up to 1400°С* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 400 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 99 х 250 х 43mm
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Manual meterswww.elmarkgroup.eu
E17
95
Cat. №519202
Digital clamp meter EM204This is a digital clamp meter for measuring of electric values. It features automatic range adjustment, manual value selection. It has an LCD display, low battery indication, overload protection. It is of high accuracy of analogue-digital conversion, precision in measuring and resistance to electro-magnetic interferences. It has an automatic switch off.Technical features:
* DC voltage: 1000 V* AC voltage: 750V* DC current: 200 / 1000A* AC current: 200 / 1000A* Resistance: 200 kΩ* Frequency: 2 kHz* Temperature: -40° up to 1400°С* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 400 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 99 х 250 х 43mm
Cat. №519204
Digital clamp meter EM266This is a digital clamp meter for measuring of electric values. It features manual range adjustment. It has an LCD display and retain function option, low battery indication and overload protection.Technical features:
* DC voltage: 1000 V* AC voltage: 750V* AC current: 200 / 1000A* Resistance: 200 / 20 kΩ* Circuit control: yes* Diodes control: yes* Weight: 310 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 69 х 229 х 38mm
Cat. №519266
Infrared temperature meter EM520AThis is a digital device for measuring of temperature.The temperature is measured with no contact. It has a laser counter for precision measuring, suitable large LCD display, battery low indication and overload protection.Technical features:
* Temperature: -20° up to 320°С / -4° to 608 °F* Distance to point size: 6:1* Precision: ±2° C or 2% in reading* battery: 1x9V* dimensions: 90 х 155 х 45mm
Cat. №519520
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
E17
96Manual meters
Phase meter Gk7A device indicating phase availability in the system. No contact phase indicator featuring sound and light indication of phase availability.
Technical features:* Voltage range: from 50 to 1000V* Frequency range: from 50 Hz to 500 Hz* dimensions: length – 62mm
Digital detector 4 in 1 series TS530This is a device for detecting metals, voltage and live conductors, wooden struts, or piping sections. The device has a 2-meter measuring tape. It features light and sound indication. When an object is located, the display light blinks and marks with increasing position. Once the exact position is located, a light point is marked on the wall through a button.
Technical features:* 2-meter measuring tape* Pen: marking the located detail* Piping section: metal pipe up to 25mm* Wooden struts: 30x30mm* Live conductors detection: 50mm for 90 ~ 250V; 50/60Hz* Weight: 213 g (including battery)* battery: 1x9 V* dimensions: 73 x 180 x 32mm
Cat. №519530
Industrial repair kit ETK06AA finely packaged repair kit containing four elements in a metal briefcase, sealed with special plastic foam and struts for each instrument.
The kit includes:
* Digital multimeter EM420* Digital clamp-on ammeter EM465* Phase meter GK7* Infrared temperature meter EM520A
Cat № 51906A
Cat. №519GK7
Accessorieswww.elmarkgroup.eu
E18
97
Cat.№ 5001
8-12
230
5012
5220
Plug for mounting on DIN rail Plug German type type for Din rail mounting. It provides plug presence in electric boards and easy cabling. * Supply voltage: 230V* Computing option: up to 16А* Operation temperature: from -10 up to +40°С* Humidity: up to 85%RH
Mounting method: * DIN rail
Bell
Devices for control and protection of electrical motors
Bell transformerModified for power supply of bells and other signal devices with alternating voltage 8V, 12V, 24V and capacity up to 3.8A.* The voltage of the primary winding voltage is 230V* Mounting on DIN-rail
Type Un (V) Catalogue number
BellUsed for sound signalization in housing and industrial buildings.* Sound level: 80 dBConsumption:
-3.6VA for power supply 8 -12V-5VA for power supply 230V
* Mounting on DIN-rail
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Limit switches
F1
98
The all-purpose limit switches are installed on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. The miniature limit switch is mounted in an aluminum shell, resistant to vibrations, lubricants and water.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series TZ-6xxx
* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Contact resistance: 15mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 10 000 000* Gearing speed: 0.1mm/s to 0.5 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland PG11* Section of power supply conductor: up to 1.5mm2
-
15А-active
5A-inductive466001TZ-60015.5mm0.5mm115g350g
metalcylinder
oil-resistant metal cylinder
800g 240g 2mm 5mm TZ - 6101 466101
oil-resistantcylinder withmetal roll
500g 100g 1mm 3.5mm TZ - 6102 466102
oil-resistanthorizontal leverwith metal roll
640g 230g 5mm 6mm TZ - 6104 466104
oil-resistantvertical leverwith metal roll
TZ -6143 466143640g 230g 5mm 6mm
springlever 150g 20° TZ - 6106 466106-
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
15А-active
5A-inductive
15А-active
5A-inductive
15А-active
5A-inductive
15А-active
5A-inductive
www.elmarkgroup.eu
F1
99
The all-purpose limit switches are devices used in automatic systems as a control element. They are used for setting of gearing limits. They are mounted on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. They feature a vibration-resistant metal shell.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series SCA-xxx
* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endirance (number of cycles): 1 000 000* Gearing speed: 5mm/s to 0.5 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Rated current: up to 10A* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland PG11* Section of power supply conductor: up to 2mm2* Fastening strength of terminals: 6-8kgf/cm
metalcylinder 800g 400g 2.0mm 5.8mm CSA - 001 46А001
cylinderwith metalroll
CSA - 003 46А003800g 400g 2.0mm 5.8mm
CSA - 012 46А012horizontallever withmetal roll
800g 400g 2.0mm 5.8mm
adjustablelever withmetal roll
400g 100g 22.5° 95° CSA - 031 46А031
lever withmetalroll
CSA - 021 46А021400g 100g 22.5° 95°
springlever 150g 50g 22.5° 50mm CSA - 081 46А081
10А-active
4А-inductive
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Limit switches
10А-active
4А-inductive
10А-active
4А-inductive
10А-active
4А-inductive
10А-active
4А-inductive
10А-active
4А-inductive
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
www.elmarkgroup.eu
F1
100
The all-purpose limit switches are devices used for setting gearing limits. They are mounted on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. They have small dimensions and a vibration-resistant metal shell with plastic lid, resistant to oil and water.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series TZ-8xxx
* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 5 000 000* Gearing speed: 5mm/s to 0.5 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Rated current: up to 10A* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland PG11* Section of power supply conductor: up to 2mm2* Fastening strength of terminals: 6-8kgf/cm
cylinderwith metalroll
-
lever withplasticroll 750g 100g 20° 50°
5А-active3А-inductive TZ - 8104 468104
adjustablelever withplasticroll
TZ - 8108 468108750g 100g 20° 50°
900g 150g 1.5mm 4.0mm TZ - 8112 468112
TZ - 8111 468111metalcylinder 900g 150g 1.5mm 4.0mm
metalrod 750g 100g 20° 50° TZ -8107 468107
springlever 150g 30mm TZ - 8167 468167-
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Limit switches
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
5А-active3А-inductive
5А-active3А-inductive
5А-active3А-inductive
5А-active3А-inductive
5А-active3А-inductive
www.elmarkgroup.eu
F1
101
The all-purpose limit switches are devices used for setting gearing limits. They are mounted on transport lines, conveyors and other linear progressive motion machines. They have aluminium shell of high mechanic strength and resistance to oil, water and pressure.Product conformity documentation:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1All-purpose limit switch – series CWL-xxx
* Dielectric strength: 1000V AC* Insulating resistance: 100mΩ* Contact resistance: 15mΩ* Electrical endurance (number of cycles): 500 000 with active load* Mechanical endurance (number of cycles): 10 000 000* Gearing speed: 1mm/s to 2 m/s* Rated voltage: 230V* Protection degree: IP65* Cable input: cable gland* Metal shell* Vibration-resistant
metalcylinder 2720g 910g 2.0mm
10А-active3А-inductive6.4mm CWLD 46LD
cylinderwith metalroll
5.6mm CWLD2 46LD22720g 910g 2.0mm
lever with metalroll
1360g 227g 20° 50° CWLCA2-2 46LCA2-2
adjustablelever with metal roll
2720g 910g 20° 50° CWLCA12-2-Q 46LCA12-2-Q
fork 1200g 55° 90±10° CWLCA32-41 46LCA32-41
oil-resistantspringlever
150g 28mm CWLNJ 46LNJ
-
-
metal rod 142g 28g 20° 50° CWLCL 46LCL
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Limit switches
10А-active3А-inductive
10А-active3А-inductive
10А-active3А-inductive
10А-active3А-inductive
10А-active3А-inductive
10А-active3А-inductive
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofthe head
Power ofstarting
Power ofrelease
Switching position
General movement
Rated current
Type Cataloguenumber
www.elmarkgroup.euProximity sensor
F2
102
Proximity induction sensors are all-purpose switches used in machine systems and equipment for no contact surveillance of metal elements motion. They can also be used in other machine systems applications as no contact control sensors for level of liquids, control sensors for the speed and position of rotating chains, etc. They are developed on the base of PNP and NPN transition. They have small dimensions and feature a metal cylindrical shell resistant to vibrations and a plastic lid which is oil and water resistant.
All-purpose proximity switch – series LM xx* Insulating resistance: ≥ 50 M Ω* Gearing distance: from 2 mm to 7 mm* Precision of repetition: 0.01* Ambient temperature: -25˚С to +70˚С* Gearing speed: 5mm/s* Rated voltage: 6~36VDC; 90~230VAC* Protection degree: IP 67
EL-LM8-3002NA
EL-LM8-3002NB
EL-LM8-3002PA
EL-LM8-3002PB
EL-LM8-2002A
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Min. sizeof object
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
2 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
230 VAC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
SCR
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
8 x 8 x 1
8 x 8 x 1
8 x 8 x 1
8 x 8 x 1
8 x 8 x 1
130 mA
130 mA
130 mA
130 mA
150 mA
46LM 8-32NA
46LM 8-32NB
46LM 8-32PA
46LM 8-32PB
46LM 8-22A
EL-LM12-3004NA
EL-LM12-3004NB
EL-LM12-3004PA
EL-LM12-3004PB
EL-LM12-2004A
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
230 VAC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
SCR
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
300 mA
46LM 12-34NA
46LM 12-34NB
46LM 12-34PA
46LM 12-34PB
46LM 12-24A
EL-LM18-3008NA
EL-LM18-3008NB
EL-LM18-3008PA
EL-LM18-3008PB
EL-LM18-2008A
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
230 VAC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
SCR
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
300 mA
46LM 18-38NA
46LM 18-38NB
46LM 18-38PA
46LM 18-38PB
46LM 18-28A
EL-LM22-3010NA
EL-LM22-3010NB
EL-LM22-3010PA
EL-LM22-3010PB
EL-LM22-2010A
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
230 VAC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
SCR
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
22 x 22 x 1
22 x 22 x 1
22 x 22 x 1
22 x 22 x 1
22 x 22 x 1
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
300 mA
46LM 22-30NA
46LM 22-30NB
46LM 22-30PA
46LM 22-30PB
46LM 22-20A
EL-LM12-4002A
EL-LM12-4002B
EL-LM12-4004A
EL-LM12-4004B
2 mm
2 mm
4 mm
4 mm
230 V
230 V
230 V
230 V
inductive
inductive
inductive
inductive
NO
NC
NO
NC
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
15 x 15 x 1
100 mA
100 mA
300 mA
300 mA
46LM 12-44A
46LM 12-44B
46LM 12-44A
46LM 12-44B
EL-LM18-4002A
EL-LM18-4002B
EL-LM18-4004A
EL-LM18-4004B
5 mm
5 mm
8 mm
8 mm
230 V
230 V
230 V
230 V
NO
NC
NO
NC
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
18 x 18 x 1
100 mA
100 mA
300 mA
300 mA
46LM 18-44A
46LM 18-44B
46LM 18-44A
46LM 18-44B
Object LC circuit Switch Terminal repeater
L C
EL-LM8
EL-LM12
EL-LM18
EL-LM22
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Min. sizeof object
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Min. sizeof object
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Min. sizeof object
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Min. sizeof object
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Min. sizeof object
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
inductive
inductive
inductive
inductive
Capacitive sensorswww.elmarkgroup.eu
F3
103
Capacitive sensors are used in machine systems and equipment for no-contact motion surveillance. They consist of two coaxial electrodes, a condenser and RC generator. This type of sensors reacts to both metal and non-metal objects, as the gearing distance for non-metal objects depends on their dielectric constants. They allow gearing distance adjustment for non-magnetic conductive materials. They are developed on the base of PNP and NPN transition. They have small dimensions and feature a metal cylindrical shell resistant to vibrations and a plastic lid which is oil and water resistant.
Capacitive sensors – series CM xx* Insulating resistance: ≥ 50 M Ω* Gearing distance: from 2 mm to 15 mm* Precision of repetition: 0.01* Ambient temperature: -25˚С to +70˚С* Gearing speed: 5mm/s* Rated voltage: 6~36VDC; 90~230VAC* Protection degree: IP 54
EL-CM12-3004NA
EL-CM12-3004NB
EL-CM12-3004PA
EL-CM12-3004PB
0~4 mm
0~4 mm
0~4 mm
0~4 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
NO
NC
NO
NC
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46CM 12-32NA
46CM 12-32NB
46CM 12-32PA
46CM 12-32PB
EL-CM18-3008NA
EL-CM18-3008NB
EL-CM18-3008PA
EL-CM18-3008PB
EL-CM18-2008A
0~8 mm
0~8 mm
0~8 mm
0~8 mm
0~8 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
230 VAC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
SCR
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
300 mA
46CM 18-38NA
46CM 18-38NB
46CM 18-38PA
46CM 18-38PB
46CM 18-28A
EL-CM24-3012NA
EL-CM24-3012NB
EL-CM24-3012PA
EL-CM24-3012PB
EL-CM24-2012A
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
8 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
230 VAC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
SCR
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
300 mA
46CM 24-12NA
46CM 24-12NB
46CM 24-12PA
46CM 24-12PB
46CM 24-12A
EL-SM12-3110NA
EL-SM12-3110NB
EL-SM18-3110PA
EL-SM18-3110PB
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
NPN
PNP
PNP
NO
NC
NO
NC
Sensor of Hall
Sensor of Hall
Sensor of Hall
Sensor of Hall
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46SM 12-31NA
46SM 12-31NB
46SM 18-31PA
46SM 18-31PB
EL-XM18-305PMII
EL-XM18-305PMU
EL-XM24-308PMI
EL-XM24-308PMU
5 mm
5 mm
8 mm
8 mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
индуктивен
индуктивен
индуктивен
индуктивен
NO
NC
NO
NC
current type
voltage type
current type
voltage type
100 mA
100 mA
300 mA
300 mA
46XM 18-35A
46XM 18-35B
46XM 24-38A
46XM 24-38B
Object Inductivesurface
RC generator Switch Outputamplifier stage
General scheme of a capacitive transducer
EL-CM12
EL-CM18
EL-CM24
EL-SM12
EL-XM18
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
NotePower supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
NotePower supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
NotePower supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
NotePower supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
NotePower supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
www.elmarkgroup.euPhotoelectrical sensors
F4
104
Photoelectrical sensors of the Gxx series are all-purpose switches used in machine systems and equipment for no contact surveillance of motion of elements. They are based on the photoelectric principle of operation – inside the sensor there is a photo signal emitter and receiver of the returned signal. There are three types of sensors: diffuse sensors, reflector sensors and emitter-receiver sensors. These types of sensors differ in the way of returning the signal. They allow for gearing distance adjustment. They are developed on the base of PNP and NPN transition. They have small dimensions and feature a metal cylindrical shell resistant to vibrations and a plastic lid which is oil and water resistant.
Technical features:* Insulating resistance: ≥ 50 M Ω* Gearing distance: from 2 mm to 7 mm* Precision of repetition: 0.01* Ambient temperature: -25˚С to +70˚С* Gearing speed: 5mm/s* Ratedl voltage: 6~36VDC; 90~230VAC* Protection degree: IP 67
EL-G12-3A07NA
EL-G12-3A07PA
EL-G12-3B1NA
EL-G12-3B1PA
EL-G12-3C3NA
EL-G12-3C3PA
70 mm
70 mm
1 m
1 m
3 m
3 m
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
Ø12; l=50
Ø12; l=50
Ø12; l=50
Ø12; l=50
Ø12; l=50
Ø12; l=50
Diffuse
Diffuse
Reflector
Reflector
Truth beam
Truth beam
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46G12A071
46G12A072
46G123B11
46G123B12
46G123C11
46G123C12
EL-BZJ-211
EL-BZJ-311
EL-BZJ-411
10 mm
9mm
9mm
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
Reflector
Reflector
Reflector
NO
NO
NO
Colour detector
Colour detector
Colour detector
<200 mA
<200 mA
<200 mA
46BZJ211
46BZJ311
46BZJ411
EL-G18-3A10NA
EL-G18-3A10PA
EL-G18-3B2NA
EL-G18-3B2PA
EL-G18-3C5NA
EL-G18-3C5PA
100 mm
mm
m
m
m
m
100
2
2
5
5
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
Ø18; l=70
Ø18; l=70
Ø18; l=70
Ø18; l=70
Ø18; l=70
Ø18; l=70
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46G18A101
46G18A102
46G183B11
46G183B12
46G185C11
46G185C12
EL-G30-3A70NA
EL-G30-3A70PA
EL-G30-3B3NA
EL-G30-3B3PA
EL-G30-3C101NA
EL-G30-3C101PA
500 mm
5 mm
3 m
3 m
10 m
10 m
00
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
Ø22; l=70
Ø22; l=70
Ø22; l=70
Ø22; l=70
Ø22; l=70
Ø22; l=70
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46G30A101
46G30A102
46G303B11
46G303B12
46G305C11
46G305C12
EL-G35-3A50NA
EL-G35-3A50PA
EL-G35-3B3NA
EL-G35-3B3PA
EL-G35-3C5NA
EL-G35-3C5PA
500 mm
5 mm
3 m
3 m
5 m
5 m
00
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46G35A101
46G35A102
46G353B11
46G353B12
46G355C11
46G355C12
EL-G50-3A30NA
EL-G50-3A30PA
EL-G50-3B4NA
EL-G50-3B4PA
EL-G50-3C5NA
EL-G50-3C5PA
500 mm
5 mm
4 m
4 m
5 m
5 m
00
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
24 VDC
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
200 mA
46G50A101
46G50A102
46G503B11
46G503B12
46G505C11
46G505C12
Truth beam type
Emitter Receiver
Object
Reflector type
Emitter-receiver
Object
Reflector
Diffuse type
EmitterObject
EL-G12
EL-G18
EL-G30
EL-G35
EL-G50
EL-BZJ
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofsensor
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofsensor
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofsensor
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofsensor
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofsensor
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Startdistance
Type Cataloguenumber
Type ofsensor
Power supply voltage
Type oftransition
Type of contact
Outputload
Diffuse
Diffuse
Reflector
Reflector
Truth beam
Truth beam
Diffuse
Diffuse
Reflector
Reflector
Truth beam
Truth beam
Diffuse
Diffuse
Reflector
Reflector
Truth beam
Truth beam
Diffuse
Diffuse
Reflector
Reflector
Truth beam
Truth beam
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Rotary switches LW26 series
The rotary switches LW26 series are produced for switching on/off electrical circuits with commutated current from 20 to 160A. They are designed on the bases of the rotor-eccentric switching on which is realized through turning of the handle to 60 or 90 degrees. The normal operation is used for commutation of two, three or four conductor systems. There are special rotary switches that switch on under given connection schemes and are used to control motors, electric welding machines and other consumers.
Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-3-1
Technical data:* Power supply voltage: 230/400V; 50Hz* Insulation voltage: 690V* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 6000V
5* Mechanical wear resistance: 3x10 commutation cycles* Operating temperature: -10 - +50°C* Humidity: 35 – 85% RH* Commuting capacity: up to 160A according to the tables* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance * : - IP42 for the ordinary breakers mounted in a panel - IP65 for the breakers offered in a box* Cable connection: screw joining* Tightening moment of the bolt: 1.33N* Maximum section of the power supply conductors: according to the dimensions table * Weight: according to the number of the contacts
Mounting: * directly to the control panel * thickness of the surface to which it is mounted: max 5mm
Designation Front panel Overall dimensions ) Mounting dimensions
2conductor (mm ) A B C L a b d1 d2
LW26-20 M1 panel 1x2.5 48 48 43 22 + 9.6n 36 36 Ø8.5 Ø4.5
M1 panel with inscription field 48 60 43 22 + 9.6n 36 36 Ø8.5 Ø4.5
LW26-25 M1 panel 1x4.0 48 48 45.2 23+12.8n 36 36 Ø8.5 Ø4.5
LW26-32 M2 panel 1x6.0 64 64 58 29.2 + 12.8n 48 48 Ø10 Ø4.5
LW26-63 M2 panel 1x16 64 64 66 29.2 + 21.5n 48 48 Ø10 Ø4.5
LW26-125 M3 panel 1x35 88 88 84 35 + 26.5n 68 68 Ø13 Ø6
LW26-160 M3 panel 1x50 88 88 88 35 + 32.5n 68 68 Ø13 Ø6
Joining (mm (mm)
Dimensions
Rotary switcheswww.elmarkgroup.eu
F5
105
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Rotary switches
Note: It is necessary that additional bridges be placed at switching over between charging
F5
106
In (A)
20
25
32
63
125
160
2
2
2
2
2
2
LW26 - 20Q
LW26 - 25Q
LW26 - 32Q
LW26 - 63Q
LW26 - 125Q
LW26 - 160Q
492201
492251
492321
492631
492951
492961
In (A)
20
25
32
63
2
2
2
2
LW26GS - 20/04
LW26GS - 25/04
LW26GS - 32/04
LW26GS - 63/04
492207
492257
492327
492637
In (A)
20
25
32
63
125
160
3
3
3
3
3
3
LW26 - 20N
LW26 - 25N
LW26 - 32N
LW26 - 63N
LW26 - 125N
LW26 - 160N
492202
492252
492322
492632
492952
492962
In (A)
25
63
125
160
4
4
4
4
LW26 - 25S
LW26 - 63S
LW26 - 125S
LW26 - 160S
492253
492633
492953
492963
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
Q10three-poles
switching on;motor starting and
stopping;voltage turning
on/off to the consumers
Q11three-poles switching
over;motor starting and
stopping;voltage turning on/off to
the consumers; possibility for access
control
S193-position –
2 start positions and 1 stop;
for two speed motor control;
switching over between charging*
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
N113-position –
2 start positions and 1 stop;
for motor reversing
In (A)
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Rotary switches
0
www.elmarkgroup.eu
F5
107
In (A)
32
63
3
3
LW26 - 32H 5881/3
LW26 - 63H 5881/3
492324
492634
In (A)
20 3 LW26 - 20 YH5/3 492205
20 3 LW26 - 20 LH3/3 492206
492037
492038
492039
LW26 - 20-25-Q
LW26 - 32-Q
LW26 - 20-25-DIN
42
42
In (A)
25
63
4
4
LW26 - 25 SD
LW26 - 63 SD
492025
492063
H5881/3 – 85for welding transformer windings switching over
YH5/3 - 66 for voltage switching over
LH3/3 - 58 for amperemeter switching on to
current transformers
Box for LW26-20/25
Box for LW26-32
Adaptor for DIN-rail
for LW26-20/25
IP codeIP
S213-position
switching on star/delta
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
Catalogue number
Catalogue number
LevelsScheme
Scheme
Type number
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
Catalogue numberLevelsScheme Type number
Type number
In (A)
www.elmarkgroup.eu
4.I7168/7
01
2
34
5
6
7 O 1 2 3 54 6 7
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
In (A)Scheme Levels Type number Catalogue N
4.I7168/7 20 7 LW26 4.I7168/7 492028
IP55 LW30-20-100AON/OFF switch 3 poles
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
In (A)
LW30-32 32 3 LW30-32 IP54 492032
* Possibility for access control
12
3
45
6
7
4.H6518/5
1 2 3 54 6 7
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11
13
15
17
19
12
14
16
18
20
4.H6518/5 25 5 LW26 4.H6518/5 492029
LW30-20-100AON/OFF switch 3 poles
L1
T1
L2
T2
L3
T3
In (A)
LW30-20
LW30-32
LW30-40
LW30-63
20
32
40
63
3
3
3
3
LW30-20
LW30-32
LW30-40
LW30-63
492030
492031
492033
492034
* Possibility for access control
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Rotary switches
F5
108
PolesScheme Type number Catalogue N
PolesScheme Type number Catalogue N
Scheme Levels Type number Catalogue NIn (A)
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Buttons and LED indicatorsThese are devices used in control and indication systems, command boards and panels in industrial automation systems. They are manufactured to commutate controlling circuits and to control the switching on or off executive mechanisms such as relays, contactors, etc. The signal lamps and indicators find broad application in all industrial fields. The devices endure short time current overload up to 10A, and normally they can commutate thermal current up to 6A in their contact system. The connection to the contact terminals is through screw terminals to which operational conductors with section
2up to 2.5mm can be joined.
Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard: EN 60947-1; EN 60947-5-1
Technical data:* Insulation voltage: 660V; 50/60Hz* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 6000V; * Rated current: 6A (230V AC); 0.3A (230V DC)* Short circuit protection: safety device 10A gG outside in the circuit
6* Mechanical wear resistance: 1x10 commutation cycles* Power of mechanical compression:
- at closing: 20N- at opening: 8N
* Operating temperature: -20 - +70°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Tightening moment of the joining conductors: 0.15Nm
2* Section of the conductor: 1x0.5; 1x0.75; 1x1; 1x1.5; 1x2.5mmMounting: * to a flat metal or plastic surface with thickness: max 4mm* opening with size: Ø 22.5mm
Overall dimensionsDiagram for drill the openings
EL 2- BA 21EL 2- BA 31EL 2- BA 51EL 2- BA 61EL 2- BA 42
Button round with spring reverse
NO NONONONC
401021401031401051401061401042
66666
Type Description Type of contacts Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
blackgreenyellowbluered
EL 2- BР 31
EL 2- BР 42
Button round with spring reverse
NO
NC
401032
401043
6
6
green
red IP=65 Provided from silicon lid
IP=65 Provided from silicon lid
Buttons and LED indicatorswww.elmarkgroup.eu
F6
109
Type Description Type of contacts Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
www.elmarkgroup.eu
EL 2- BW3471EL 2- BW3371EL 2- BW3571EL 2- BW3671EL 2- BW3471EL 2- BW3371EL 2- BW3571EL 2- BW3671EL 2- BW3471EL 2- BW3371EL 2- BW3571EL 2- BW3671
Button round with spring reverse
and LED indicator
24V24V24V24V
110V110V110V110V230V230V230V230V
666666666666
redgreenyellowbluered
greenyellowbluered
green yellow blue
401474401374401574401674401473401373401573401673401471401371401571401671
Voltage for the indicator
6
6
black
black
EL 2- BD 21
EL 2- BD 33
Switch with arrest
Switch with arrest
401421
401433
two-position
three-position
1NO
2NО
EL 2- BС 42Button with head“mushroom” type
6 red 401642 spring reverse1NС
61NС+1NOEL 2- BS 545 401545 elease with spinning
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Buttons and LED indicators
F6
110
Type Description Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
Type of contacts
Type Description Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
Type of contacts
Type Description Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
Type of contacts
Type Description Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
Button with head“mushroom” type red
Button double 61NO+1NСEL 2- BW8475 401845Green and red button
+ LED indicator
Change-over switch with switch
61NOEL 2- BG 21 401121two-position with switch
Un Catalogue number
LED indication
ColourAD56-22 Type number
401123
401111
401124
401211
401224
401223
401323
401311
401324
401523
401511
401524
401723
401711
401724
401423
401411
401424
AD56-22-W-230
AD56-22-W-110
AD56-22-W-24
AD56-22-А-110
AD56-22-А-24
AD56-22-А-230
AD56-22-РG-230
AD56-22-РG-110
AD56-22-РG-24
AD56-22-B-230
AD56-22-B-110
AD56-22-B-24
AD56-22-Y-230
AD56-22-Y-110
AD56-22-Y-24
AD56-22-R-230
AD56-22-R-110
AD56-22-R-24
230V AC
110V AC
24V AC/DC
110V AC
24V AC/DC
230V AC
230V AC
110V AC
24V AC/DC
230V AC
110V AC
24V AC/DC
230V AC
110V AC
24V AC/DC
230V AC
110V AC
24V AC/DC
white
white
white
amber
amber
amber
green
green
green
blue
blue
blue
yellow
yellow
yellow
red
red
red
Type of the contact Type number
EL02 - BЕ101
EL02 - BЕ102
1
2
1 NO
1 NC
Colour
green
red
EL02 - BЕ10x Catalogue number
401001
401002
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Buttons and LED indicatorswww.elmarkgroup.eu
F6
111
Type of contacts
Type Description Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
Type of contacts
Type Description Catalogue number
NoteRated current(А) at 400V
Colour
www.elmarkgroup.eu
EL1-B174 401174Release
through turning1 NC red
EL1 - B174Emergency button
with head “mushroom” type Ø40
EL1 - B134
1 NO black
switching on
0-1 EL1-B134 401134
IP44
IP44/65
IP44
IP44/65
IP44/65
EL1-B102 4011021 button with spring
return IP44
1 button with spring
return IP65
1 NO green
EL1 - B102
EL1-BP102 4011321 NO green
EL1-B213 4012132 buttons with spring
return IP44
2 buttons with spring
return IP65
1 NC
1 NO
1 - red
1 - green
EL1 - B213
EL1-BP213 4012331 NC
1 NO
1 - red
1 - green
EL1-B339 4013393 buttons with spring
return IP44
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 - green
1 - red
1 - green
EL1 - B339
EL1-BP339 4013493 buttons with spring
return IP65
1 NO
1 NC
1 NO
1 - green
1 - red
1 - green
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Buttons and LED indicators
Catalogue numberType of the contact Colour Type numberOverall dimensions (mm)
L H W
68 68 50
L H W
68 68 50
68 68 50
L H W
104 68 50
104 68 50
L H W
134 68 50
134 68 50
L H W
68 68 50
F6
112
Catalogue numberType of the contact Colour Type numberOverall dimensions (mm)
Catalogue numberType of the contact Colour Type numberOverall dimensions (mm)
Catalogue numberType of the contact Colour Type numberOverall dimensions (mm)
Catalogue numberType of the contact Colour Type numberOverall dimensions (mm)
These are devices used in control and indication systems adjusted for mounting in command boards and panels directly on DIN-rail. They are manufactured to commutate controlling circuits and to control the switching on or off executive mechanisms such as relays, contactors, etc. The signal lamps and indicators find broad application in all industrial fields. The devices endure short time current overload up to 20A, and normally they can commutate current up to 10A with their contact system. The connection to the contact terminals is through screw terminals to which operational conductors with
2section up to 2.5mm can be joined. There are also designed buttons combined with lamps.
Technical data:* Insulation voltage: 660V; 50/60Hz* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 6000V; * Rated current: up to 10A (230V AC)* Short circuit protection: safety device 10A gG outside in the circuit* Rated consumed current (for indicators and buttons combined with indicators): <20mA* wear resistance (indicators): >2000h
6* Mechanical wear resistance (buttons): 1x10 commutation cycles* Power of mechanical compression: - at closing: 20N - at opening: 8N * Operating temperature: -20 - +70°C* Humidity: 35 – 85%RH* Tightening moment of the joining conductors: 0.15Nm
2* Section of the conductor: 1x0.5; 1x0.75; 1x1; 1x1.5; 1x2.5mmMounting: * to a DIN-rail* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standardт EN 60947-1EN 60 947-5-1
35
±0
.5
71 -0.43
66±0.37
49.5±0.31
45
±0
.31
Type Description Catalogue number
Rated current (A) at 400V
Colour Type of contacts
ELB - BL - DINELB - BL - DINELB - G - DINELB - G -DINELB - Y - DINELB - Y - DINELB - R - DINELB - R - DIN
button button button button button button button button
2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC
<10<10<10<10<10<10<10<10
blackblackgreengreenyellowyellow
redred
ELD - G - DINELD - R - DINELD - Y - DINELD - B - DINELD -W - DIN
lamp lamplamplamplamp
<20<20<20<20<20
greenred
yellowbluewhite
230V230V230V230V230V
ELBD - G - DINELBD -G - DINELBD - R - DINELBD - R - DINELBD - Y - DINELBD - Y - DIN
button + lampbutton + lampbutton + lampbutton + lampbutton + lampbutton + lamp
<20<20<20<20<20<20
greengreenredred
yellowyellow
230V230V230V230V230V230V
2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC2NO+ 1 NC1NO+ 2 NC
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Buttons and LED indicators for DIN-rail
401505401506401507401508401509401510401512401513
401500401501401502401503401504
401514401515401516401517401518401519
www.elmarkgroup.eu
F7
113
Type Description Catalogue number
Rated current (A) at 400V
ColourTип
Type Description Catalogue number
Rated current (A) at 400V
Colour Type of contacts
Voltage(V)
Voltage(V)
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Devices for telpher control MBP type
They represent different combinations of START and STOP buttons mounted in plastic boxes in different sizes. They are connected to the operating circuits of cranes or telphers and serve as a remote control of their movement. They are connected directly to the operating cable of the telpher and send commands directly to the executive mechanisms. They are designed to provide protection from dust and moisture IP65.
Technical data:* Supplying voltage: 230V; 50/60Hz* Consumed power: <5VA
5* Electrical wear resistance: 1x10 cycles* Operating temperature: -10 +40°C* Dampness: 35 – 85% RH* Number of contacts: according to the number of the buttons* Commuting capacity: up to 6A* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance * IP code: IP65* Weight: according to the number of the contacts
Mounting:* directly to the control cable of the telpher (crane)
Catalogue number
Contact block and schemeNumber of buttons
2
2
2+1
2+1
2+1
4
4
4+1
4+1
4+1
6
6
6+1
6+1
6+1
8
8
8+1
8+1
8+1
Type Package
For the directionsEmergency
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
NO+NC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
МВР-Ахххх stop button typebutton type – one-speed (x81) or two-speed (x91)number of buttons
Elements for automation, monitoring and control
Devices for telpher control
F8
114
emergency button
emergency button
emergency button with switch
emergency button
emergency button
emergency button with switch
emergency button
emergency button
emergency button with switch
emergency button
emergency button
emergency button with switch
MBP-A281
MBP-A291
MBP-A2813
MBP-A2813К
MBP-A2913
MBP-A481
MBP-A491
MBP-A4813
MBP-A4813К
MBP-A4913
MBP-A681
MBP-A691
MBP-A6813
MBP-A6813K
MBP-A6913
MBP-A881
MBP-A891
MBP-A8813
MBP-A8813K
MBP-A8913
two-speed
two-speed
two-speed
two-speed
two-speed
two-speed
two-speed
two-speed
46281
46291
46283
46283K
46294
46481
46491
46483
46483K
46493
46681
46691
46683
46683K
46693
46881
46891
46883
46883K
46893
High power safety devices and isolating switches
Bases for high power safety devices
The series bases for high power safety device is manufactured of permitivity alloy with mounted contact jaws of electrolytic copper supplied with special springs for contact compression and easy fuse links taking out. All current leading parts are connected to inlet outlet terminals with bolts; the terminals also end with bolts, to which the power supply conductors are connected. The bases are offered in five type sizes corresponding to the five types of fuse links.
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60269-1
Overall dimensions(mm)
25
25
25
25
25
100
150
175
200
210
120
170
200
225
250
Base type
-
-
30
30
30
30
30
58
60
60
25
37
38
38
40
60
72
84
100
105
A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 C1 C2
7.5
7.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
Ød
SIST00
SIST 0
SIST1
SIST2
SIST3
Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А)
Rated voltageUn (V)
Weight (gr)
Catalogue number
Bases for high power safety deviceswww.elmarkgroup.eu
G1
115
Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А)
Rated voltageUn (V)
Weight (gr)
Catalogue number
Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А)
Rated voltageUn (V)
Weight (gr)
Catalogue number
SIST00
SISP00
NТ 00
NT 00
up to
up to 160
160 600
600
193
215
12001
12001Р
Remark : Fuse bases SISP are made of porcelain
SIST0
SISP0
NТ 0
NT 0
up to
up to 160
160 600
600
295
319
12010
12010P
Remark : Fuse bases SISP are made of porcelain
SIST1
SISP1
NТ 1
NT 1
up to
up to 250
250 600
600
550
550
12100
12100P
Remark : Fuse bases SISP are made of porcelain
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А) Rated voltageUn (V)
Weight (gr.)
Catalogue number
Base type Fuse link type Rated current (А) Rated voltageUn (V)
Weight (gr.)
Catalogue number
Fuse links for high power safety devices
The series fuse links for high power safety devices is designed for short circuit protection. They are distinguished with high speed of operation and high reliability. The element is a ceramic (porcelain) body filled with fine quartz sand for voltaic arc lowering. In the ceramic body is mounted a fusible, specially profiled wafer connecting the current leading terminals. These terminals are manufactured of copper alloy with special nickel coating and have the form of knives to provide more contact surface. The fuse links correspond to “gL – gG” class which means that they are with common function and normal response time.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 500V* Rated short circuit current: 120 kAeff* IP code: IP 00* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60269-1EN 60269-2
Overall dimensions(mm)
78
125
135
150
150
40
68
68
68
68
15
15
21
27
33
Fuse link type
29
29
48
58
67
56.5
56.5
62
72
84.5
A B C D
NT00
NT 0
NT1
NT 2
NT 3
H
High power safety devices and isolating switches
Fuse links for high power safety devices
G2
116
SIST2
SISP2
NТ 2
NT 2
up to 400
up to 400
600
600
770
810
12200
12200Р
Remark : Fuse bases SISP are made of porcelain
SIST3
SISP3
NТ 3
NT 3
up to 630
up to 630
600
600
965
987
12300
12300P
Remark : Fuse bases SISP are made of porcelain
www.elmarkgroup.eu
G2
117
50 63 80 100 125In(A)
Un(V)
Cat.№
Type
500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600
NT00 NT00 NT00 NT00 NT00
10005 10006 10008 10009 10012
160
500, 600
NT00
10016
500,600
NT00
16
10001
500,600
NT00
25
10002
500,600
NT00
32
10003
500,600
NT00
40
10004
100 125 160 200In(A)
Un(V)
Cat.№
Type
500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600
NT 1 NT 1 NT 1 NT 1
10110 10112 10116 10120
250
500, 600
NT 1
10125
50 63 80 100 125In(A)
Un(V)
Cat.№
Type
500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600
NT 0 NT 0 NT 0 NT 0 NT 0
10050 10063 10080 10090 10092
160
500, 600
NT 0
10096
500,600
NT 0
16
10015
500,600
NT 0
25
10025
500,600
NT 0
32
10032
500,600
NT 0
40
10040
160 200 250 315In(A)
Un(V)
Cat.№
Type
500,600 500,600 500,600 500,600
NT 2 NT 2 NT 2 NT 2
10216 10220 10225 10231
400
500, 600
NT 2
10240
500 630 In(A)
Un(V)
Cat.№
Type
500,600 500,600
NT 3 NT 3
10350 10363
NT 1
80
500,600
10108
NT 1
225
500,600
10122
High power safety devices and isolating switches
Fuse links for high power safety devices
www.elmarkgroup.eu
In(A)
Un(V)
Type
500, 660 500, 660 500, 660 500, 660
HG2B HG2B HG2B HG2B
160 250 400 630
Cat.N 44805 44806 44807 44808
Fuse link size NT00 NT1 NT2 NT3
In(A)
Un(V)
Type
500, 660 500, 660 500, 660 500, 660
THB THB THB THB
160 250 400 630
Cat.N 44801 44802 44803 44804
Fuse link size
NT00 NT1 NT2 NT3
Designed in two types – horizontal and vertical. They represent a combination of low voltage isolating switch and high power safety devices mounted in a common plastic corpus. They are used for low voltage distribution boards and complete transformer substations (CTS) where visible circuit distribution is necessary. They provide safety and convenience at fuse links change. The plastic corpus increases the IP code and the plastic lid provides simultaneous circuits switching on/off. The lid allows easy removing which is additional measure at repairs. The vertical isolating switches are mounted directly to the power supply rails which enables the exploitation and improves the safety of the staff.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 500V* Rated short circuit current: according to the mounted fuse links* Number of poles: 3* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 8kV* Mechanical wear resistance: 3000 cycles* IP code: IP 40* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C * Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60947-1; EN 60947-3
Isolating switch type
THB -160
THB - 250
THB - 400
THB - 630
A B C D E
160
184
210
256
73
128
145
175
82
111.5
128
142.5
45
66
88
94.5
151
214.5
255
267
Overall dimensions (mm)
THB - horizontal
HG2B - vertical
High power safety devices and isolating switches
Isolating switches
G3
118
High power safety devices and isolating switches
www.elmarkgroup.eu
119Switch disconnector
The series of switch disconnectors EL-D02 are developed for short-circuit protection. They have a high speed of start and high reliability. They have a plastic body of inflammable plastics adapted for mounting on a DIN rail, where a porcelain round plug, which is filled with fine quartz sand for extinguishing the electric arc. In this ceramic body is mounted melting, specifically profiled plate, which connects the input power terminals. These terminals are produced from copper alloy with especially laid nickel layer and contact with the projecting bolts from the plastic body. Locking system for the security plug on replacement of burnt out.
Technical characteristics: * Rated voltage: 600V* Insulation voltage: >2500V* Rated current on short-circuit: 120 кА * Direct mounting to the load * Two insulated points to the load * Protection rate: IP 44* Cross-section of the supply conductors: up to 35mm2* Environmental temperature: -5° до +55°С* Altitude: up to 2000m
Documents corresponding tothe product:Standard EN 60947-3VDE 0638
G4
1P+N
1P
1P+N
2P
3P
3P+N
32
63
63
63
63
63
RO 26/32
RO 26/63
RO 26/63
RO 26/63
RO 26/63
RO 26/63
Type
10D0232
10D0261
10D0262
10D0265
10D0263
10D0264
6 / 180
6 / 180
3 / 90
3 / 90
2 / 60
1 / 120
Number of poles Rated current( А )
Type of the fuse Catalogue number
EL - D02-32
EL - D02-63
EL - D02-63
EL - D02-63
EL - D02-63
EL - D02-63
Box / Carton
500500500500500500500500500500500
2461016202532405063
Ø12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ12.5x31.5mmØ15x35mmØ15x35mmØ15x35mm
Type of the fuse
10R023210R023410R023610R024010R024610R024810R024510R024310R064010R065010R0660
Voltage( V )
Rated current( А )
Size of the fuse Cataloguenumber
RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/32RO 26/63RO 26/63RO 26/63
www.elmarkgroup.eu
H1
120
c
a
b
In(A)
16
32
Un(V)
230
230
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
121 / 84 / 53
138 / 92 / 63
Poles
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
Cataloguenumber
37013
37023
HT-013
HT-023
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
44
44
16
32
63
125
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
400
HT-014
HT-024
HT-034
HT-044
121 / 84 / 51
138 / 92 / 63
230 / 109 / 36
295 / 124 / 50
37014
37024
37034
37044
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
44
44
16
32
63
125
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
400
HT-015
HT-025
HT-035
HT-045
129 / 92 / 62
149 / 97 / 70
230 / 109 / 36
295 / 124 / 50
37015
37025
37035
37045
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
44
44
37131
37231
In(A)
Un(V)
HTN 0131
HTN 0231
16
32
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
230
230
120/71/12
150/93/17
67
67
Package /Box
10 / 100
10 / 100
10 / 100
10 / 60
1 / 10
1 / 10
10 / 100
10 / 60
1 / 10
1 / 10
1 / 40
1 / 40
Industrial plugs and sockets
Industrial plugs
Industrial plugs and sockets Ht/HTN type
They are specially developed plugs and contacts designed for mounting in industrial buildings or outdoors. Made of special high quality plastic with impurity against aging at sun light exposing and for increasing the mechanical strength. They are designed in accordance with standard IEC 309-1 and provide reliable connection and high protection rate of the staff from electrical current. They provide IP protection not less than IP 44/67. They are designed in types for indoors and outdoors mounting, and with movable or static plugs and sockets.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 500V* Rated short circuit current: according to the mounted protection in the boards* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 8kV* Mechanical wear resistance: 3000 cycles* IP code: IP 44/67* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C* Altitude: up to 2000m* Plugs and sockets: 6h
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60309-1;EN 60309-2
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package /Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package /Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package /Box
10 / 60
10 / 40
10 / 60
10 / 40
10 / 10
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
1 / 10
www.elmarkgroup.eu
H2
121
In(A)
Un(V)
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
HTN 0141
HTN 0241
HTN 0341
HTN 0441
16
32
63
125
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
400
125/79/12
150/93/17
230/109/36
230/109/36
67
67
67
67
37141
37241
37341
37441
In(A)
Un(V)
HTN 0151
HTN 0251
HTN 0351
HTN 0451
16
32
63
125
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
400
133/87/12
155/99.5/17
230/109/36
295/124/50
67
67
67
67
37151
37251
37351
37451
In(A)
Un(V)
HT 514
HT 524
HT 534
16
32
63
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
44
44
44
37514
37524
37534
In(A)
Un(V)
HT 515
HT 525
HT 535
16
32
63
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
44
44
44
37515
37525
37535
In(A)
16
32
Un(V)
230
230
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
37513
37523
HT-513
HT-523
44
44
Package/Box
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
1 / 10
121/79
131/83
121/76
131/83
131/83
123/79
132/84
132/84
Industrial plugs and sockets
Static industrial plugs
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Static industrial plugs
www.elmarkgroup.eu
H3
122
In(A)
Un(V)
37731
37631
HTN 1131
HTN 1231
16
32
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
230
230
101/150/93.5
114/162/93.5
67
67
34
5P
g21
58
70.5
Æ20
32.5
13
à
In(A)
Un(V)
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
44
44
16
32
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
230
230
HT-113
HT-123
126 / 86
141 / 97
37113
37123
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
44
44
16
32
63
125
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
400
HT-114
HT-124
HT-134
HT-144
132 / 91
141 / 96
193 / 122
220 / 140
37114
37124
37134
37144
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
44
44
16
32
63
125
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
400
HT-115
HT-125
HT-135
HT-145
129 / 96
141 / 98
193 / 122
220 / 140
37115
37125
37135
37145
Package/Box
1 / 60
1 / 60
10 / 60
10 / 60
1 / 10
1 / 10
10 / 60
10 / 60
1 / 10
1 / 10
10 / 40
10 / 40
Industrial plugs and sockets
Static industrial contacts for exposed wiring
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
10 / 60
10 / 60
1 / 10
1 / 10
10 / 100
10 / 60
1 / 10
1 / 10
10 / 100
10 / 60
www.elmarkgroup.eu
H4
123
16
32
63
125
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
400
HT-215
HT-225
HT-235
HT-245
139 / 90
154 / 100
230/100
290/124
37215
37225
37235
37245
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
44
44
In(A)
Un(V)
37751
37651
37852
37854
HTN 1151
HTN 1251
HTN 1351
HTN 1451
16
32
63
125
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
400
107/150/93.5
116/162/93.5
171/170/230
171/170/230
67
67
67
67
b
a
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
16
32
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
230
230
HT-213
HT-223
130 / 96
149 / 90
37213
37223
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
44
44
16
32
63
125
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
400
HT-214
HT-224
HT-234
HT-244
131 / 96
149 / 90
230/109
290/124
37214
37224
37234
37244
In(A)
Un(V)
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
37741
37641
37842
37844
HTN 1141
HTN 1241
HTN 1341
HTN 1441
16
32
63
125
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
400
104/150/93.5
116/162/93.5
171/170/230
171/170/230
67
67
67
67
108
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
1 / 10
Package/Box
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
1 / 10
Industrial plugs and sockets
Movable industrial contacts for exposed wiring
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b /c
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Movable industrial contacts for exposed wiring
www.elmarkgroup.eu
H5
124
16
323P+E
400
400
HT-414
HT-424
In(A)
Un(V)
44
44
37414
37424
16
321P+N+E
230
230
HT-413
HT-423
In(A)
Un(V)
37413
37423
44
44
In(A)
Un(V)
37841
37941
37942
37943
HTN 2141
HTN 2241
HTN 2341
HTN 2441
16
32
63
125
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
400
400
400
400
131/76
149/90
271/115
295/137
67
67
67
67
In(A)
Un(V)
37851
37951
37952
37953
HTN 2151
HTN 2251
HTN 2351
HTN 2451
16
32
63
125
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
400
400
400
400
139/90
154/100
240/112
300/126
67
67
67
67
In(A)
Un(V)
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
37831
37931
HTN 2131
HTN 2231
16
32
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
230
230
131/90
149/90
67
67
Package/Box
1 / 60
1 / 60
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
1 / 10
10 / 60
10 / 40
1 / 10
1 / 6
10 / 100
10 / 60
70/85
80/97
70/85
80/97
10 / 100
10 / 60
Industrial plugs and sockets
Industrial built in contacts
Industrial built in contacts
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotectionrating IP
Package/Box
20 / 200
www.elmarkgroup.eu
H6
125
EDB 100 - 401
EDB 100 - 402
EDB 200 - 401
EDB 100 - 501*
3х2.5
5х2.5
3х2.5
3x2.5
53401
53402
53421
53501*
In(A)
Un(V)
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotection rating IP
16
323P+N+E
400
400
HT-415
HT-425
44
44
37415
37425
In(A)
Un(V)
16 тип шуко 230HT-105SR 44 37105
110
In(A)
Un(V)
16 230213L-2P-W 44 370034501P+N+E
Package/Box
10 / 60
10 / 60
70/85
80/97
70/70
1 / 42
Distribution boxes with industrial contacts
Industrial plugs and sockets
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotection rating IP
Package/Box
Dimensions (mm)a /b
PolesCatalogue
number
ModelOrder type
number
Ingressprotection rating IP
Package/Box
Distribution boxes with mounted industrial plugs and sockets and protection devices
They are specially designed distribution boxes with mounted industrial plugs and sockets fabric cabled with possibility for protection devices mounting (breakers, residual current devices). They are designed for building sites mounting, industrial projects for power supply of mobile – movable consumers, exhibition centers, outdoor concerts or repair- reconstruct operations with temporary character. The boxes are made of special high quality plastic with impurity against aging at sun light exposing and for increasing the mechanical strength. They are designed in accordance with standard IEC 309-1 and provide reliable connection and high protection rate of the staff from electrical current. They provide IP protection not less than IP 44/67.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: 400V* Rated short circuit current: according to the mounted safety fuses and residual current devices* Impulse voltage wear resistance: 8kV
2* Power supply cable: 5x10mm* Mechanical wear resistance: 3000 cycles* IP code: IP 44* Plastic: UV rays wear resistance* Ambient temperature: -5 to +55°C* Altitude: up to 2000m* Overall dimensions of the box: 136x94x425 mm
Documents corresponding to the product:Standardт EN 60309-1;EN 60309-2; EN 60 529
Catalogue number
TypeInlet power supply
2conductor(mm )Outlets
3 contacts 16A1P+N+E
1 contact 16A 3P+N+E и 2 contacts 16A 1P+N+E
3 contacts 32A1P+N+E
3 contacts 16A1P+N+E
2Note: * The distribution box is supplied with extension cable with section 3x2.5mm and length 1.5m
www.elmarkgroup.eu
126
catalogue number 60085
I1
Number of rows Module capacity(number of devices)
Catalogue number
1111123
468
12182436
Terminalstrips
number
Openingsnumber
2223468
99
1417253443
Dimensions (mm)
L W H
110150190260365270310
205205205205220330475
75757575757585
60040600606008060120601806024060360
Package / Box
1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 101 / 101 / 101 / 5
1111123
468
12182436
2223468
99
1417253443
L W H
110150190260365270310
205205205205220330475
75757575757585
60041600616008160121601816024160361
1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 101 / 101 / 101 / 5
Plastic boxes and metal cabinets for distribution boards
Plastic distribution boards
Plastic distribution boards for exposed wiring
The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a module box with mounted protective devices of the given flats electrical current circuit circles. They are supplied with transparent door for each row opening upwards to 90°. They are made of white self-extinguishing plastic, resistant to heat and high temperature with IP code IP 40. The mounted device in the box is protected from direct contact to the current leading parts. They are offered with DIN-rail for device mounting and terminal strips for the neutral and earthing conductor joining. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.
Technical data: * Maximum insulation voltage: 690V; 50Hz* wear resistance to heat: UL 94* IP code: IP 40* Class of current limiting: 2
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 62 208EN60439-1; EN 60 439-3
Plastic distribution boards for buried wiring
The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a module box with mounted protective devices of the given flats electrical current circuit circles. They are supplied with transparent door for each row opening upwards to 90°. They are made of white self-extinguishing plastic, resistant to heat and high temperature with IP code IP 40. The mounted device in the box is protected from indirect contact to the current leading parts. They are offered with DIN-rail for device mounting and terminal strips for the neutral and earthing conductor joining. Mounted through building-in in openings on the wall under plaster or in hollow-wall (through special clasps).
Technical data: * Maximum insulation voltage: 690V; 50Hz* wear resistance to heat: UL 94* IP code: IP 40* Class of current limiting: 2
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 62 208EN 60 439-1;EN 60 439-3
Number of rows Module capacity(number of devices)
Catalogue numberTerminalstrips
number
Openingsnumber
Dimensions (mm) Package / Box
Note: At building-in in hollow-wall it is supplied with clasps for hollow-wall – 4pcs with catalogue number 60085. There are 10 sets of clasps in a package.
Package / Box
1 / 201 / 201 / 201 / 101 / 101 / 5
Dimensions (mm)
L W H
127162216214233288
214214214270378340
939393939393
222346
99
14172534
Terminalstrips
number
Openingsnumber
Number of rows
Modulecapacity
(number ofdevices)
111112
468
121824
Type
WP4WP6WP8
WP12WP18WP24
www.elmarkgroup.eu
I2
127
Catalogue number
601006010160102601036010460105
112
Catalogue numberType
SXF 25/25/15
SXF 30/25/15
SXF 40/30/20
SXF 50/40/20
SXF 60/40/20
SXF 70/50/20
SXF 80/60/25
SXF 100/80/30
SXF 120/80/30
Thickness of sheet metal(mm)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
Metal board
dimensions (mm)
L (height) W (width) H (depth)
250 250 150
300 250 150
400 300 200
500 400 200
600 400 200
700 500 200
800 600 250
1000 800 300
1200 800 300
54025
54030
54040
54050
54060
54070
54080
54100
54120
Plastic boxes and metal cabinets for distribution boards
Metal distribution boards
Moisture-proof distribution boards for exposed wiring
The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a module box with mounted protective devices of the given flats electrical installation current circles. They are supplied with
transparent door for each row opening upwards to 90.ْ They are made of white non-self-extinguishing plastic, resistant to heat and high temperature. The special design of the lids and gaskets provides IP code IP 55. The mounted device in the box is protected from indirect contact to the current leading parts. They are offered with DIN-rail for device mounting and terminal strips for the neutral and earthing conductor joining. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.
Technical data: * Maximum insulation voltage: 690V; 50Hz* wear resistance to heat: UL 94* IP code: IP 55* Class of current limiting: 2
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 62 209EN 60 439-1;EN 60 439-3
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 62 209EN 60 439-1;EN 60 439-3
Stainless metal cabinets for distribution boards
The distribution boards are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a metal cabinet with different dimensions. They are supplied with a special lock, plate for fixing the device, lid for the input-output conductors, earthing stud, gaskets, etc. The door of the box can change its opening direction. They are manufactured of whole stainless sheet steel processed with anti-corrosion and decorative coating powder style laid. They are used for low voltage distribution boards in food, wine and tobacco industries and at special requirements regarding the corrosion wear resistance in industrial projects. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 1000V* Maximum current: up to 800A* Material: stainless steel* IP code: IP 65
Mounting:* vertically to a flat surface
Catalogue number
53025
53026
53030
53031
53040
53041
53050
53051
53060
53070
53080
53100
53120
53140
53188
53180
Nominal working current In( A )
80
100
100
160
160
250
250
250
250
350
400
630
630
800
1000
1250
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Type
JXF 25/25/15
JXF 25/30/15
JXF 30/25/15
JXF 30/40/20
JXF 40/30/20
JXF 40/50/20
JXF 50/40/20
JXF 40/60/20
JXF 60/40/20
JXF 70/50/20
JXF 80/60/25
JXF 100/80/30
JXF 120/80/30
JXF 140/80/30
JXF 180/80/30
JXF 180/100/30*
Thickness of the steel metal(mm)
Metal board
dimensions (mm)
L (height) W (widht) H (depth)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
I2
128
250 250 150
250 300 150
300 250 150
300 400 200
400 300 200
400 500 200
500 400 200
400 600 200
600 400 200
700 500 200
800 600 250
1000 800 300
1200 800 300
1400 800 300
1800 800 300
1800 1000 300
Note: *Metal board with double door
Plastic boxes and metal cabinets for distribution boards
Metal distribution boards
Metal cabinets for distribution boards
The metal cabinets are designed for mounting in newly built buildings or buildings in reconstruction. They are a metal box with different dimensions. They are supplied with a special lock, plate for fixing the device, lid for the input-output conductors, earthing stud, gaskets, etc. The door of the box can change its opening direction. They are manufactured of whole sheet metal processed with anti-corrosion and decorative coating powder style laid. They are used for low voltage distribution boards in housing buildings, offices, shops and industrial projects. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 1000V* Maximum current: up to 800A* Material: steel* Coating: powder style painting* IP code: IP 65
Mounting:* vertically to a flat surface
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60439-1; EN 60 439-3
Module boxes
Plastic distributor-boxes with different shapes and dimensions. Designed for cable lines extension or tapping at cable installations laying or as electronic meter boards. Manufactured of polycarbonate plastic or thermostatic fibre glass material. Chemical, thermal and UV rays wear resistance. The boxes can be connected together to form boards with different dimensions. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.
Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 690V* Maximum current: up to 800A* Weight: 1.21* Dielectrical strength: * Inflammability: 960°C* Operating temperature: -35 to + 40°C* Material: polycarbonate/ fibre glass* IP code: IP 44* Subject to recycling
Mounting:* vertically to a flat surface
3(g/cm )1410 (Ωm)
H
L
H
L
H
L
L
H
L
H1
W
H(mm)
L(mm)
W(mm)
Documents corresponding to the product:Standard EN 60439 -1 EN 60439 -5
Plastic boxes and metal cabinets for distribution boards
Module plastic distribution boards
Note: At order a box with depth 320mm can be manufactured
www.elmarkgroup.eu
I3
129
H(mm)
L(mm)
W(mm)
PXF315/280/120 polycarbonate 315 280 120 53221
H(mm)
L(mm)
W(mm)
NXF320/620/250NXF470/620/250NXF620/620/250
fibre glassfibre glassfibre glass
320470620
620620620
250250250
532005320153202
H(mm)
L(mm)
W(mm)
NXF780/620/250NXF930/620/250
NXF1080/620/250NXF1230/620/250
fibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glass
78093010801230
620620620620
250250250250
53203532045320553206
H(mm)
L(mm)
W(mm)
NXF320/920/250NXF470/920/250NXF620/920/250NXF780/920/250NXF930/920/250NXF1080/920/250NXF1230/920/250
fibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glass
32047062078093010801230
920920920920920920920
250250250250250250250
H1(mm)
L(mm)
W(mm)
NXFC320/1215/250NXFC470/1215/250NXFC620/1215/250NXFC780/1215/250NXFC930/1215/250
NXFC1080/1215/250NXFC1230/1215/250
fibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glassfibre glass
32047062078093010801230
1215121512151215121512151215
250250250250250250250
53214532155321653217532185321953220
53207532085320953210532115321253213
Box type
Type of material
Catalogue number
Box type
Type of material
Catalogue number
Box type
Type of material
Catalogue number
Box type
Type of material
Catalogue number
Base type
Type of material
Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Boxes and cable cabinets for electric panels
Cable support systems130
The universal cable support systems are used for construction of cable link in closed production premises for direct mounting on even vertical surfaces. They are perforated metal grates and accessories with standard lengths and sizes, which are assembled on the basis of a “click” system. They allow quick construction of cable systems with many angles and derivations. The offered choice is from tin with thickness up to 1.0 mm. and standard length of 3 m.
I4
Т-derivation
Т-derivation
Т-derivation
Т-derivation
Т-derivation
TS - 50/30
TS - 100/60
TS - 200/60
TS - 300/60
TS - 400/60
50
100
200
300
400
60
60
60
60
60
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
1.0о
1.30
1.95
3.15
5.05
-
-
-
-
-
56
56
56
56
56
ТS05030
TS10060
TS20060
TS30060
TS40060
Angle
Angle
Angle
Angle
Angle
KS -50/30
KS - 100/60
KS - 200/60
KS - 300/60
KS - 400/60
50
100
200
300
400
60
60
60
60
60
0.55
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.55
0.78
1.64
2.51
3.95
-
-
-
-
-
56
56
56
56
56
KS05030
KS10060
KS20060
KS30060
KS40060
Channel perforated
Channel perforated
Channel perforated
Channel perforated
Channel perforated
PK -50/30*
РК - 100/60
PK - 200/60
PK - 300/60
PK - 400/60
50
100
200
300
400
60
60
60
60
60
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.7
0.7
3.4
4.40
5.30
9.20
12.0
3
3
3
3
3
56PK5030
РК10060
PK20060
PK30060
PK40060
56
56
56
56
Note: Channel perforated PK50/30 is not a click system
45 1.0 0.3 56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
KLS6000
NSC100
NSC200
NSC300
NSC400
NLK 50
NLK 100
NLK 200
NLK 300
NLK 400
VE0300
Universal click
Wall carrier
Ceiling carrier
Ceiling carrier
Bolt set
Wall carrier
Wall carrier
Wall carrier
Ceiling carrier
Ceiling carrier
Ceiling carrier
KLS 60
NSC100
NSC200
NSC300
NSC400
NLK 50
NLK 100
NLK 200
NLK 300
NLK 400
VE -03
Upright lid
Angle lid
Т-lid
Upright lid
Upright lid
Upright lid
Angle lid
Angle lid
Angle lid
Т-lid
Т-lid
Т-lid
PPK -100
PPK - 200
PPK - 300
PPK - 400
PKS - 100
PKS - 200
PKS - 300
PKS - 400
PTS - 100
PTS - 200
PTS - 300
PTS - 400
100
200
300
400
100
200
300
400
100
200
300
400
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0.55
0.55
0.7
0.7
0.55
0.55
0.7
0.7
0.55
0.55
0.7
0.7
1.16
2.66
4.00
5.50
0.39
0.51
1.33
2.60
0.82
1.10
2.45
3.45
3
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
PPK10060
PPK20060
PPK30060
PPK40060
PKS10060
PKS20060
PKS30060
PKS40060
PTS10060
PTS20060
PTS30060
PTS40060
Weightkg
Tin thicknessmm
Type TypeSymbol
Widthmm
Heightmm
Lengthof the channel
m
Catalogue number
Weightkg
Tin thicknessmm
Type TypeSymbol
Widthmm
Heightmm
Lengthof the channel
m
Catalogue number
Weightkg
Tin thicknessmm
Type TypeSymbol
Widthmm
Heightmm
Lengthof the channel
m
Catalogue number
Weightkg
Tin thicknessmm
Type TypeSymbol
Widthmm
Heightmm
Lengthof the channel
m
Catalogue number
Tin thicknessmm
Type TypeSymbol
Heightmm
Lengthm
Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
131
L W H d C
-
-
85
100
150
150
200
200
255
300
400
D
50
80
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
85
100
110
150
100
155
200
250
350
50
50
50
70
70
70
70
80
80
120
120
44
44
44
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
22.5
22.5
22.5
30
28
35
35
35
35
35
35
17
17
18.5
23
23
29
29
29
29
29
29
IP44
IP44
IP54
IP54
I5
114
WB50/50
WB80/50
WB85/85/50
WB100/100/70
WB150/110/70
WB150/150/70
WB200/100/70
WB200/155/80
WB255/200/80
WB300/250/120
WB400/350/120
Plastic boxes and metal cabinets for distribution boards
Moisture-proof junction sboxe
Moisture-proof junction boxes
Plastic junction boxes with different shapes and dimensions. Designed for cable lines extension or tapping at cable installations laying. Manufactured of ABS material with openings for inlet-outlet conductors, firmed with rubber stoppers to provide the corresponding IP code. Chemical, thermal and UV rays wear resistance. Mounted directly on the walls with screws.Documentation corresponding to the product:Standard: EN 60670-1
Technical data:* Rated voltage: up to 1000V* Material: ABS* IP code: IP 44/66
Mounting:* vertically to a flat surface
Box dimensions (mm) Gaskets dimensions (mm) Ingress protectionrating IP
Catalogue numberBox type
8070
8071
8072
8073
8076
8074
8075
8077
8078
8079
8080
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Instruments
Hydraulic crimping pliers HT - 300 type
Functions:* Crimping of aluminum or copper conductors with cable terminals or bush in the corresponding size
Technical data:* Crimping head turning at 360° which facilitates the crimping of static conductors* Device for automatic following of the effort at crimping completion * Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300 * Section of the crimping conductors:
- AI conductors - from 16 to 300 - Cu conductors – from 16 to 240
* Element pressing power: 60kN* Width of the element: 17mm* Weight of the instrument: 3.3 kg* Length: 460mm* Used hydraulic oil: Shell Tellus T15* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder
2mm
2 mm2mm
Hydraulic crimping pliers KYQ-300B type
Functions:* Crimping of aluminum or copper conductors with cable terminals or bush in the corresponding size
Technical data:* Device for automatic following of the effort at crimping completion * Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300 * Section of the crimping conductors:
- AI conductors - from 16 to 300 - Cu conductors – from 16 to 240
* Element pressing power: 16T* Width of the element: 22mm* Weight of the instrument: 6.8 kg* Length: 500mm* Used hydraulic oil: #23 (hydraulic oil with viscosity 23)* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder
2mm
2 mm2mm
Hydraulic crimping pliers YQK-300 type
Functions:* Crimping of aluminum or copper conductors with cable terminals or bush in the corresponding size
Technical data:* Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 16, 25, 35, 50, 70, 95, 120, 150, 185, 240, 300* Section of the crimping conductors: - AI conductors - from 16 to 300 - Cu conductors – from 16 to 240 * Element pressing power: 16T* Width of the element: 22mm* Weight of the instrument: 6.3 kg* Length: 500mm* Used hydraulic oil: Shell Tellus T15* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder
2 mm
2mm2mm
Catalogue number: 59300
Catalogue number: 59302
Catalogue number: 59301
Hydraulic crimping instruments
J1
132
HYDRAULIC PIERCING INSTRUMENTS
Hydraulic piercing pliers WK-8 type
Functions:* Cutting through openings in sheet metal with gauge up to 3mm without rotary motion
Technical data:* Piercing head turning at 360°* Form of the cutting element: round* Size of the cutting element: Ø 22, 27.5, 34.3, 40, 49, 60.8mm* Piercing capacity:
- sheet metal 3mm – openings up to Ø 30mm - sheet metal 2mm – openings up to Ø 60mm
* Element pressing power: 80kN* Thickness of the element: 25mm* Weight of the instrument: 3.5 kg* Used hydraulic oil: #15 (hydraulic oil with viscosity 15)* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder* Additional set of cutting elements for cable glands – Ø16, 20, 26.2, 32.5, 39, 51, 63 and a square for display devices
46.5x46.5, 68x68 (ordered additionally); Catalogue number 54002
Hydraulic piercing press SYK – 15 type
Functions:* Cutting through openings in sheet metal with gauge up to 3mm without rotary motionTechnical data:
* Protracting piercing head supplied with a hose for the hydraulic oil that gives possibility for piercing openings everywhere on the metal surface
* Form of the cutting element: - round - square
* Size of the cutting element: - square: 32x32mm - round openings: Ø 22, 27.5, 34.3, 40, 49, 60.8mm
* Piercing capacity: - sheet metal 3mm – openings up to Ø 60.8mm - sheet metal 2mm – openings up to Ø 115.5mm - square opening up to 110x110mm
* Element pressing power: 15T* Thickness of the element: 25mm* Weight of the instrument: 11.5 kg* Used hydraulic oil: #15 (hydraulic oil with viscosity 15)* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder* Additional set of cutting elements for cable glands – Ø16, 20, 26.2, 32.5, 39, 51, 63 and a square for display devices
46.5x46.5, 68x68 (ordered additionally); Catalogue number 54002
Hydraulic crimping pliers YQK – 70 type
Functions:* Crimping of aluminum or copper conductors with cable terminals or bush in the corresponding sizeTechnical data:
* Form of the crimping element: hexahedral * Size of the crimping element: 4, 6, 10, 16, 25, 35, 50, 70* Section of the crimping conductors:
- AI conductors - from 4 to 70 - Cu conductors – from 4 to 70
* Element pressing power: 8T* Width of the element: 10mm* Weight of the instrument: 2.8 kg* Length: 310mm* Used hydraulic oil: Shell Tellus T15* Metal box for the instrument* A set of congestion hoops for the hydraulic cylinder
2mm
2mm2mm
Catalogue number: 59303
Catalogue number: 54000
Catalogue number: 54001
Instruments
Hydraulic piercing instrumentswww.elmarkgroup.eu
J2
133
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Mechanical cable cutting pliers CC – 400 type
Functions:* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires* Cutting of conductors with metal bearing core
Technical data:* Maximum section of the cable:
- for aluminum conductors up to 400 - for copper conductors up to 350
* Cutting power: 15T* Presence of cutting mechanism type ratchet* Presence of brake of the cutting mechanism* Weight of the instrument: 1.25kg* Length of the instrument: 360mm* Package: blister
2mm2mm
Mechanical cable cutting pliers CC – 325 type
Functions:* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires* Cutting of conductors with metal bearing core
Technical data:* Maximum section of the cable:
- for aluminum conductors up to 150 - for copper conductors up to 150
* Cutting power: 15T* Presence of cutting mechanism type ratchet* Presence of brake of the cutting mechanism* Weight of the instrument: 0.58kg* Length of the instrument: 260mm* Package: blister
2mm2mm
Mechanical cable cutting pliers HS – 250 type
Functions:* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires* Cutting of conductors with metal bearing core
Technical data:* Maximum section of the cable:
- for aluminum conductors up to 240 - for copper conductors up to 185
* Weight of the instrument: 1.43kg* Length of the instrument: 540mm* Package: blister
2mm2mm
MANUAL INSTRUMENTS
Instrument for conductor stripping HS – 2103 type
Functions:* Cleaning of the plastic insulation of conductors and conductors* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors up to 6* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires up to 2* Crimping of cable terminals
Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of automobile high voltage conductors* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 6* Maximum section of the cable: up to 6* Weight of the instrument: 0.21kg* Length of the instrument: 213mm* Package: blister
2mm2mm
2mm2mm
Catalogue number: 59305
Catalogue number: 59304
Catalogue number: 59306
Catalogue number: 59310
Instruments
Mechanical cutting instruments
J3
134
Instrument for conductor stripping HS – 2603 type
Functions:* Cleaning of the plastic insulation of conductors and conductors* Cutting of aluminum or copper cable conductors up to 6* Cutting of bearing steel plated wires up to 2* Crimping of cable terminals
Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 6* Maximum section of the cable:
- cleaning of a rigid conductor: from 0.5 to 6 - cleaning of a flexible conductor: from 0.75 to 6
* Presence of openings for cutting of bolts: from M2.5 to M5* Weight of the instrument: 0.32kg* Length of the instrument: 240mm* Package: blister
2mm2mm
2mm
2mm2mm
Instrument for manual crimping of conductors HD – 005 type
Functions: * Crimping of naked cable terminals
Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 10* Form of the crimping head: hexahedral * Weight of the instrument: 0.49kg* Length of the instrument: 220mm* Package: blister
2mm
Instrument for manual crimping of conductors G – 301H type
Functions: * Crimping of isolated cable terminals
Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors up to 6* Form of the crimping head: hexahedral * Weight of the instrument: 0.49kg* Length of the instrument: 220mm* Package: blister
2mm
Instrument for manual crimping of conductors SN – 003 type
Functions: * Crimping of naked cable terminals and joining bushes
Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors from 6 to 16* Form of the crimping head: hexahedral * Weight of the instrument: 0.39kg* Length of the instrument: 190mm* Package: blister
2mm
Instrument for manual crimping of conductors HY –200R type
Functions: * Used for cleaning and crimping of 4, 6, and 8 core telephone or grid conductors* Crimping of terminals/couplings for telephone or computer grids
Technical data:* Possibility for crimping of cable conductors for 4, 6 or 8 cores* Weight of the instrument: 0.55kg* Length of the instrument: 200mm* Package: blister
Catalogue number: 59311
Catalogue number: 59308
Catalogue number: 59307
Catalogue number: 59309
Catalogue number: 59312
Instruments
Hand instrumentswww.elmarkgroup.eu
J4
135
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Consumatives and cable terminals
Non-insulated butt terminals – with coating for crimping
They are copper pipe with galvanic tin coating. They are used for joining of copper conductors – rigid or multiple conductors with different section. The connection is accomplished through crimping pliers, through mechanical pressing of the butt terminals and the conductor.
Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: tin* Application: general
Standard: EN 61 238-1LengthL (mm)
Type Catalogue number
Outer diameterD (mm)
Inner diameter d (mm)
Cable2 (mm )
Bimetal non-insulated butt terminals – with coating for crimping
They are pipe made of two metals – copper and aluminum without galvanic coating. They are designed for joining copper and aluminum conductors – rigid or multiple conductors with different section. The connection is accomplished through crimping pliers, through mechanical pressing of the butt terminals and the conductor. They are used for protection against electrochemical corrosion got at two metals contact with different chemical properties and conductivity at electrical current feed. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.
Technical data:* Material: copper aluminum alloy* Coating: none* Application: general for joining of two types of conductors
Standard: EN 61 238-1
Butt terminal type
d1 D1 d2 D2 l1 l2 L Catalogue number
Non-insulated butt terminals
K1
136
GTY-4GTY-6GTY-10GTY-16GTY-25GTY-35GTY-50GTY-70GTY-95GTY-120GTY-150GTY-185GTY-240
20253035404550556065707580
55.36.37.59
10.812.514.51719212326
33.74.55.77.28.59.811.513.715
16.718.521
4610162535507095
120150185240
59213592015920259203592045920559206592075920859209592105921159212
GTL - 1- 16
GTL - 1- 25
GTL - 1- 35
GTL - 1- 50
GTL - 1- 70
GTL - 1- 95
GTL - 1- 120
GTL - 1- 150
GTL - 1- 185
GTL - 1- 240
5
6
7
8.5
9.5
11.5
13.5
15
17
19
9
10
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
26
6
7
8.5
9.8
11.5
13.5
15
17
18.5
21
10
12
14
16
18
21
23
25
27
30
30
30
30
32
38
40
42
44
46
54
30
33
40
42
50
50
55
55
60
60
75
82
90
95
105
110
112
118
125
130
59214
59215
59216
59217
59218
59219
59220
59221
59222
59223
JM
DTL - 16DTL - 25DTL - 35DTL - 50DTL - 70DTL - 95DTL - 120DTL - 150DTL - 185DTL - 240
d1(mm)
D(mm)
d2(mm)
L(mm)
67
8.59.811.513.515
16.518.521
881010121214141616
70758590102112120126133140
11121416182123252730
59224592255922659227592285922959230592315923259233
JM - 2.5JM - 4JM - 6JM - 6
JМ - 10JM - 10JM - 16JM - 16JM - 16JM - 25JM - 25JM - 35JM - 35JM - 35JM - 50JM - 50JM - 50JM - 70JM - 70JM - 95JM - 95JM - 120JM - 120JM - 150JM - 185JM - 185JM - 240
d1(mm)
D(mm)
d2(mm)
L(mm)
2.23.03.83.84.84.85.55.55.577
8.28.28.29.89.89.811.511.513.813.815.515.516.518.818.821
6668686810810810128101210121012101212121616
24242424
25.525.530.530.530.534343838384545455050
55.555.5636371787892
4.54.85.55.56.86.87.57.57.599
10.510.510.512.512.512.514.514.517.517.519.519.521
23.523.526.5
592405924159035590595903659037590385903959040590415904259043590445904559046590475904859049590505905159052590535905459055590565905759058
l(mm)
B(mm)
30343840485053565860
1618
20.523262830343740
www.elmarkgroup.eu
K2
137
Standard: EN 61 238-1
Standard: EN 61 238-1
Consumatives and cable terminals
Non-insulated terminals
Non-insulated cable terminals with coating for crimping
They are used for joining copper conductors - multiple conductors with different section to electrical devices or connections to combine all cores of the conductor, to provide safe connection at tightening in terminals and safe connection at the base of the terminal. Thus the connection stability against vibrations is increased and the possibility for short circuit is decreased. They are made of copper alloy with galvanic tin coating. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and conductor. Two types are offered with standard length and extended base. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.
Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: tin* Application: general for joining conductors to electrical devices.
Bimetal non-insulated cable terminals for crimping
They are used for joining aluminum conductors - multiple conductors with different section to electrical devices or connections to combine all cores of the conductor, to provide safe connection at tightening in terminals and safe connection at the base of the terminal. Thus the connection stability against vibrations is increased and the possibility for short circuit is decreased. They are made of copper and aluminum alloys as in the aluminum billet is made under special technology the copper terminal formed like an ear. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and conductor. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.
Technical data:* Material: copper aluminum* Application: general for joining conductors to electrical devices.
Dimensions:Bimetal non-insulated cable terminals for crimping
Dimensions:Non-insulated cable terminals for crimping
Shoetype
Catalogue number
Shoetype
Catalogue number
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Insulated butt connectors
2They are cable butt terminal with cross section up to 6mm with polyvinylchloride insulation. They are used for joining/extending multiple conductors with section up to 6mm. It increases the connection stability against vibrations and decreases the possibility for short circuit. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and conductor. The different insulation colour corresponds to different conductor sections. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.
Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: polyvinylchloride* Application: general for joining copper conductors
Standard: EN 61 238-1
Insulated cable terminals
They represent a cable terminal made of brass alloy with galvanic tin coating and insulated with polyvinylchloride. They are used as non-insulated terminals, as the insulated part protects the cores from bending and breaking in the joining point and at the same time it protects the staff from direct contact to the current leading elements. They are used for connectors with section up to 6mm. The connection is realized through crimping pliers, through mechanic pressing of the terminal and cable. The different insulation colour corresponds to different conductor sections. They are manufactured under modern technology and have high quality and long exploitation period.
Technical data:* Material: copper alloy* Coating: polyvinylchloride* Application: general for joining copper conductors* Ambient temperature: -10 to +75°C
All insulated cable terminals are being offered in 100 pcs. packing
MALEMDD - red1.25 - 187
MDD - red1.25 - 250
MDD - blue2 - 187
MDD - blue2 - 250
MDD - yellow5.5 - 250
Colour
Type
bluered yellow
FEMALEFDD - red1.25 - 187
FDD - red1.25 - 250
FDD - 2 - 187
blue FDD - 2 - 250
blue FDD - 5.5 - 250
yellow
Catalogue number
Catalogue number
Catalogue number
Package(pcs.)
Colour
Type
white blue red black grey orange greendark
greenmilkyyellow black
grey-yellow
Catalogue number
Shoewidth
Conductor2(mm )
Terminal length (mm)
Conductor2(mm )
Size of the opening (mm)
Conductor2(mm )
Consumatives and cable terminals
Insulated terminals
Colour bluered yellow
Type number
Catalogue number
Package (pcs.)
Length (mm)
Conductor2(mm )
K3
138
PVT 1.25
16 25
BV 1.25
16 25
PVT 2 BV 2
20 25
PVT 5.5 BV 5.5
100 100 100 100 100 100
59015 59001 59034 59002 59014 59003
1 1 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6 4-6
59012 59009 59013 59011 59010
59008 59006 59007 59004 59005
187 250 187 250 250
1 1 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6
Е0508 Е7508 Е1008 Е1510 Е2512 Е4012 Е6018 Е10-18 Е16-18 Е25-16 Е35-25
59023 59024 59025 59026 59027 59028 59029 59030 59031 59032 59033
8 8 8 10 12 12 18 18 18 16 25
0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 10 16 25 35
RVL 1.25-4 RVL 1.25-5 RVL 2-4 RVL 2-5 RVL 5.5-4 RV 5.5-5 RV 5.5-6
59021 59022 59018 59019 59020 59016 59017
100 100 100 100 100 100 100
4 5 4 5 4 5 6
1 1 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6 4-6 4-6
MALEPTV - red1.25 - 10
PTV - blue2 - 10
PTV - 2 - 12
blue PTV - 5.5 - 13
yellow
Catalogue number
Shoewidth
Conductor2(mm )
PTV - red1.25 - 12
Consumatives and cable terminals
Insulated terminals
MALEPBDD - 1.25 - 250
red PBDD - yellow5.5 - 250
Catalogue number
Shoewidth
Conductor2(mm )
PBDD - 2 - 250
blue
MALEMPD - 1.25 - 156
red MPD - 5.5 - 195
yellow
Catalogue number
Shoewidth
Conductor2(mm )
MPD - 2 - 195
blue
MALEMDFN - 1.25 - 250
red MDFN - 5 - 250
yellow
Catalogue number
Shoewidth
Conductor2(mm )
MDFN - 2 - 250
blue
Type number
Cataloguenumber
Package(pcs.)
Length (mm)
Conductor2(mm )
www.elmarkgroup.eu
K3
139
59101 59103 59104 5910559102
1.9 1.9 1.9 2.9
0.25-1.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 4-6
1.9
0.25-2.5
59106 5910859107
6.3 6.3
0.25-1.5 4-6
6.3
1.5-2.5
59109 5911159110
6.3 6.3
0.25-1.5 4-6
6.3
1.5-2.5
59112 5911459113
4 5
0.25-1.5 4-6
4
1.5-2.5
18.1 20.1 25.5 27.3
100 100 100 100
CHS3 CHS4 CHS5 CHS6
59115 59116 59117 59118
0.25-1.5 1.5-2.5 4-6 8
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Cable glands PG type
They are designed to provide the IP code IP at conductors passing through the walls of the electrical distribution boxes. They represent a plastic pipe supplied with the corresponding gaskets and nuts. All cable gland elements are made of high quality plastic (PE) or rubber.
Technical data:* Material: polyethylene* Colour: gray * Application: general * Ambient temperature: -40 to +85°C* IP code: IP 55
(PE)
Standard: EN 60 423; 4858-81
Cable glandtype
Overlappingfield
Т(mm)
B(mm)
d(mm)
D(mm)
L1(mm)
Cataloguenumber
L2(mm)
Zero rails
They represent a brass rail with rectangular section with fabric made openings for the conductors and bolts for clamping of the conductor. They are offered in types with insulated and non-insulated rail. They are used in the electrical distribution boxes for zeroing and earthing.
Technical data:* Material: brass for the current leading elements* Insulation material: plastic* Colour: gray/blue * Application: general * Ambient temperature: -40 to +85°C
Zero rails
Lenght L (mm)
HeightH (mm)
WidhtW (mm) Ø D (mm) Bolt
Cataloguenumber
1000 7.8 6 5 М4 14002
Number of terminals
BRASS
Railtype
250 5 М4 14012ZEROinsulated
16
Railtype
L A B C ØD M Cataloguenumber
Zero terminals
Consumatives and cable terminals
Consumatives
SP 029
SP 031
K4
140
SP 029-4SP 029-6SP 029-8SP 029-10SP 029-12SP 031-4SP 031-6SP 031-8SP 031-10SP 031-12
82.9.4100.9118.9136.9182.459.576.5
93111128
21.521.521.521.521.531.531.531.531.531.5
1212121212
12.412.412.412.412.4
70.588.5
106.5124.5
17048.565.5
82100117
6.56.56.56.56.56.56.56.56.56.5
5x105x105x105x105x105x105x105x105x105x10
14204142061420814210142121430414306143081431014312
PG-7PG-9PG-11PG-13.5PG-16PG-19PG-21PG-24PG-29PG-36PG-42PG-48
3.5-6.85-86-107-128-149-17
10-1815-2216-2418-2826-36232-39
16.318.921.723.626.5
2932.332.641.1
5257.465.2
1821.723.526.529.3
3235.632.645.4
5861.970.7
6.68.5
10.4131417192426
31.537.6
43
1215.518.5
2021.5
2328
29.836465158
1010
8.5109
121213
12.512.517.5
21
222529292929353140454750
500070500090500110500135500160500190500210500240500290500360500420500480
Insulating PVC tape with dimensions 0.15mm / 19mm / 20y
Colour
Catalogue number
black white red blue yellow/green
Package (pcs.) 10 10 10 10 10
51001 51005 51002 51006 51004
Cable ties
Length(mm)
Width(mm)
Clips for cable fixing
Type CHR-4 CHR-5 CHR-6 CHR-7 CHR-8 CHR-9 CHR-10 CHR-12 CHR-14 CHR-16
Ф 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16
Catalogue number
Catalogue numberwhite
500004 500005 500006 500007 500008 500009 500010 500012 500014 500016
Catalogue number black
Consumatives and cable terminals
Consumativeswww.elmarkgroup.eu
K4
141
150
2.5
500152
500151
160
2.5
500162
500161
200
2.5
500202
-
250
3.5
500253
500251
280
3.5
500283
500281
300
3.5
500303
500301
300
4.8
500304
-
370
3.5
500373
-
380
4.8
500384
-
450
4.8
500454
-
500
7.9
500507
500501
100
2.5
500100
-
www.elmarkgroup.eu
EC-0-0EC-0-1EC-0-2EC-0-3EC-0-4EC-0-5EC-0-6EC-0-7EC-0-8EC-0-9
1.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.2
1000100010001000100010001000100010001000
318000318001318002318003318004318005318006318007318008318009
EC-1-0EC-1-1EC-1-2EC-1-3EC-1-4EC-1-5EC-1-6EC-1-7EC-1-8EC-1-9
2.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.2
1000100010001000100010001000100010001000
318010318011318012318013318014318015318016318017318018318019
EC-2-0EC-2-1EC-2-2EC-2-3EC-2-4EC-2-5EC-2-6EC-2-7EC-2-8EC-2-9
3.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.2
500500500500500500500500500500
318020318021318022318023318024318025318026318027318028318029
EC-3-0EC-3-1EC-3-2EC-3-3EC-3-4EC-3-5EC-3-6EC-3-7EC-3-8EC-3-9
5 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.2
250250250250250250250250250250
318030318031318032318033318034318035318036318037318038318039
EC-0-aEC-0-bEC-0-REC-0-SEC-0-TEC-0-NEC-0-PEC-0-ЕEC-0-АEC-0-BEC-0-CEC-0-Q
1.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.21.5 - 3.2
100010001000100010001000100010001000100010001000
31800a31800b31800R31800S31800T31800N31800P31800E31800A31800B31800C31800Q
EC-1-aEC-1-bEC-1-REC-1-SEC-1-TEC-1-NEC-1-PEC-1-ЕEC-1-АEC-1-BEC-1-CEC-1-Q
2.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.22.6 - 4.2
100010001000100010001000100010001000100010001000
31801a31801b31801R31801S31801T31801N31801P31801E31801A31801B31801C31801Q
EC-2-aEC-2-bEC-2-REC-2-SEC-2-TEC-2-NEC-2-PEC-2-ЕEC-2-АEC-2-BEC-2-CEC-2-Q
3.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.23.6 - 5.2
500500500500500500500500500500500500
31802a31802b31802R31802S31802T31802N31802P31802E31802A31802B31802C31802Q
EC-3-aEC-3-bEC-3-REC-3-SEC-3-TEC-3-NEC-3-PEC-3-ЕEC-3-АEC-3-BEC-3-CEC-3-Q
5 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.25 - 7.2
250250250250250250250250250250250250
31803a31803b31803R31803S31803T31803N31803P31803E31803A31803B31803C31803Q
K5
142
Cable tags – sets
Consumatives
Consumatives and cable terminals
Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller
Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller
Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller
Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller Section (mm)TYPE Catalogue numberNumber in a roller
Terminal blocks
WL
H
Fixed terminal blocks
Series fixed terminal blocks with universal application in electrical distribution boxes. For DIN-rail mounting. Variety of sizes for optimum using of the space in the distribution boxes through selection of appropriate terminals for the corresponding conductors. Made of non-flammable insulating polymeric material.
Standard: IEC - 60947-7-1
Section of the 2conductor (mm )
Size of the terminal (mm)
In (А) Un (V) Colour Type number Cataloguenumber
single-core multiple-core
L H W
0.2-4 0.2-2.5 42.5 47 5.2 32 800 LTU2UK 3NLTU2UK 3NLTU2UK 3NLTU2UK 3N
8mm"...6"
31033310323103131035
L H W
0.2-6 0.2-4 42.5 47 41 800 LTU2UK 5NLTU2UK 5NLTU2UK 5NLTU2UK 5N
6.2
8mm"...6"
31053310523105131055
L H W
0.2-10 0.2-6 42.5 47 8.2 57 800 LTU2UK 6NLTU2UK 6NLTU2UK 6NLTU2UK 6N
31063310623106131065
10mm"...8"
L H W
0.5-16 0.5-10 42.5 47 10.2 76 800 LTU2UK 10NLTU2UK 10NLTU2UK 10NLTU2UK 10N
31103311023110131105
12mm"...10"
L H W
2.5-25
10-35
4-16
10-35
42.5
55
47
62
12.2
15.2
101
125
800
800
grey
grey
LTU2UIK 16
LTU2UIK 35
31163
31353
12mm"...10" 16mm"...10"
Consumatives and cable terminals
www.elmarkgroup.eu
K5
143
Section of the 2conductor (mm )
Size of the terminal (mm)
In (А) Un (V) Colour Type number Cataloguenumber
Section of the 2conductor (mm )
Size of the terminal (mm)
In (А) Un (V) Colour Type number Cataloguenumber
Section of the 2conductor (mm )
Size of the terminal (mm)
In (А) Un (V) Colour Type number Cataloguenumber
Section of the 2conductor (mm )
Size of the terminal (mm)
In (А) Un (V) Colour Type number Cataloguenumber
single-core multiple-core
single-core multiple-core
single-core multiple-core
single-core multiple-core
single-core multiple-core
greyred
blackblue
greyred
blackblue
greyred
blackblue
greyred
blackblue
Type number
5JD
6JD
10JD
16JD
35JD
www.elmarkgroup.eu
In (А) Un (V)
L H W
0.2-4
0.2-10
0.5-10
2.5-25
2.5-35
0.2-4
0.2-6
0.5-6
2.5-16
2.5-35
42.5
42.5
42.5
42.5
42.5
47
47
47
47
47
6.2
8.2
8.2
12.2
15
34
37
61
108
135
800
800
800
800
800
yellow-green
yellow-green
yellow-green
yellow-green
yellow-green
16mm"...10"
LTU2 UK JD seriesSeries double-sided insulated fixed terminal blocks designed to connect earthing conductors. Two-colour insulation (yellow and green). Made of non-flammable insulating polymeric material.
31054
31064
31104
31164
31354
Accessories for fixed terminal blocks – marking tags ZB typeAccessories for marking and separation of different electrical circuits, voltage and fixing of elements for DIN-rail mounting.
20
10
white
white
Number of tags in a strip
6
8
Size(mm)
Cataloguenumber
Type number
ZB6
ZB8
31906
31908
End cover
Colour
grey 1.5
Thickness(mm)
Cataloguenumber
Type number
EC 31901
Colour
grey 5
Thickness(mm)
Cataloguenumber
Type number
Е/UK 31902
Fixing terminal E/UK type
Terminal blocks TBH type
Number of tags in a strip
In (А) Un (V) Colour Cataloguenumber
Section of the conductor 2 (mm )
up to 1.5
up to 4
up to 6
up to 10
up to 6
10
10
10
10
10
3
6
10
15
20
660
660
660
660
660
semi-transparent
semi-transparent
semi-transparent
white
white
Type number
TBH 3A
TBH 6A
TBH 10A
5
TBH 20A
TBH 1 A
31003
31006
31010
31015
31020
Standard: IEC - 60947-7-1
Terminal blocks
Consumatives and cable terminals
K5
144
Section of the 2conductor (mm )
Size of the terminal (mm)
Colour
Colour
Cataloguenumber
single-core multiple-core
Thermal shrinkable tubes ZDG type
The thin wall thermal shrinkable tubes are used for cable connections insulation, at conductors repair to protect the cable head from corrosion, for protection of the cable insulation from water and moisture, for restoring the cable insulation integrity, etc. It is a plastic thin wall pipe which at temperature higher than 120°C shrinks its initial diameter to a certain degree. The material has high temperature and UV rays wear resistance. The material represents the so called permanently netted plastic. This material is obtained as the plastic billet is processed with the help of high energy electron rays so that inner molecular bonds between adjacent molecules are formed. After that the pipe is heated to the boiling point, the pipe inflates, so do the inner molecular bonds. Then the pipe is sharply refrigerated and the molecules stay in the condition of inflated bonds for indefinite long time. Heating the pipe repeatedly (after being mounted to the given cable) the crystals melt again but due to the net structure, they resume the initial pipe diameter and take the form of the cable, pressing it and not allowing the moisture to get under the pipe.
Standard: EN 60 684
Technical data:* Material: threefold netted polyene * Colours: blue, black, red, yellow, yellow-green, green, white* Contraction degree: min 2 : 1* Ambient temperature: -40 to + 100°C* Contraction temperature: min 120°C* Flame wear resistance: burns faintly * It does not liberate harmful substances* Insulation resistance: * Application: general
211х 10 Ω/cm
* Insulating voltage 1000 V
D1(mm)
D2(mm)
S(mm)
Catalogue number *blue, red, black, green, yellow, yellow-green
Quantity(m)
Note: * At orders after the catalogue number of the corresponding diameter a letter showing the colour must be added: B – blue; R – red; K - black; G - green; Y – yellow; V – yellow-green
Consumatives and cable terminals
Thermal shrinkable tubeswww.elmarkgroup.eu
K6
145
11.5234567891011121314151618202225283035405060708090100120150
0.50.751.01.52.02.53.03.54.04.55.05.56.06.57.07.58.09.01011
12.51415
16.5202530354045506075
0.040.040.050.050.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.080.08
200200200200100100100100100100100100100100100100100
50505025252525252525252525252525
301001x301115x301002x301003x301004x301005x301006x301007x301008x301009x301010x301011x301012x301013x301014x301015x301016x301018x301020x301022x301025x301028x301030x301035x301040x301050x301060x301070x301080x301090x301100x301120x301150x
146"RHYME”
Electrical switches and sockets
L1
Sch.5 11041 10 10 10 10 10 10
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
Sch.1
Sch.6
Sch.7
11011
11021
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11013
11023
10
10
11012
11022
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
dimmer 11191 10 dimmer 10 10dimmer 10dimmer 10dimmer 10dimmer
400W 400W 400W 400W 400W 400W
10
10
10
11181
11181В
10 10
10
10 10 10
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
11015
11025
11014
11024
11016
11026
11046 11044 110451104311042
11196 11194 111951119311192
11184
11184В
11186 111851118311182
11181C 11182C 11183C 11186C 11184C 11185C10 10 10 10 10
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Sch.1
Sch.6
Sch.7
Sch.1
Sch.6
Sch.7
Sch.1
Sch.6
Sch.7
Sch.1
Sch.6
Sch.7
Sch.1
Sch.6
Sch.7
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Sch.5 Sch.5 Sch.5 Sch.5 Sch.5
door bell
push button
door bellwith sign
door bell
push button
door bell
push button
door bell
push button
door bell
push button
door bellwith sign
door bell
push button
www.elmarkgroup.eu
147"RHYME”
Electrical switches and sockets
L1
11261
11281
11251
10
10
10
Phone socket
Computer socket
TV
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Insert keypowerswitch
11331 10 10 10 10 1010
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11551
11661
10
10
Double
Triple
16A 16A
German type
socket11211 10 1121610 1121410 112151011213 1011212 10
L3
16A 16A 16A16A
11556
11666
11554
11664
11555
11665
11553
11663
11552
11662
11334 113351133311332 11336
11266
11286
11256
11264
11284
11254
11265
11285
11255
11263
11283
11253
11262
11282
11252
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Scheme Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme
Panel Whitemetallic
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Package(pcs)
Goldmetallic
Package(pcs)
Champagnemetallic
Graphitemetallic
Greymetallic
Coffeemetallic
Package(pcs)
Panel Panel Panel Panel Panel
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Insert keypowerswitch
Insert keypowerswitch
Insert keypowerswitch
Insert keypowerswitch
Insert keypowerswitch
Phone socket
Computer socket
TV
Phone socket
Computer socket
TV
Phone socket
Computer socket
TV
Phone socket
Computer socket
TV
Phone socket
Computer socket
TV
German type
socket
German type
socket
German type
socket
German type
socket
German type
socket
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
Type
WHITE
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
063010
40
Type
CHROME
double
063110
40
triple
063210
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06302
40
Type
SILVER GRAY
double
06312
40
triple
06322
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06304
40
Type
YELLOW
double
06314
40
triple
06324
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06305
40
Type
PEAR-TREE
double
06315
40
triple
06325
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
063011
40
Type
GOLDEN
double
063111
40
triple
063211
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06307
40
Type
BORDO
double
06317
40
triple
06327
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06306
40
Type
CHERRY-TREE
double
06316
40
triple
06326
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
Type
BLACK
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
063012
40
Type
ORANGE
double
063112
40
triple
063212
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06308
40
Type
LIGHT BLUE
double
06318
40
triple
06328
40
Colour
Catalogue №
Package(pcs)
single
06309
40
Type
DARK BLUE
double
06319
40
triple
06329
40
Electrical switches and sockets
Panels “Splendor”148
single
06301
40
double
06311
40
triple
06321
40
single with cover
0629
20
single
06303
40
double
06313
40
triple
06323
40
single with cover
1629
20
L2
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
white
dark gray
white
dark gray
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
two buttons one way switch 10 10
white
dark gray
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
German type socket16 10
white
dark gray
0616
1616
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
one button one way switch with light 10 10
white
dark gray
0606
1606
one button two way switch with light 10
white
dark gray
0607
160710
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
Push light button
Door bell switch
10
10
10
10
white
dark gray
0605
1605
white
dark gray
0609
1609
Cataloguenumber
Type Power(W)
Colour Package(pcs)
Dimmer switch 350 10white
dark gray
0618
1618
Fan speed switch 500white
dark gray
0619
1619
Cataloguenumber
Type Colour Package(pcs)
ТV 10white
dark gray
0621
1621
Cataloguenumber
Type Colour Package(pcs)
Phone socket
Phone socket double
Computer socket RG 45
RG 11
10
10
10
white
dark gray
0623
1623
white
dark gray
06232
16232
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
Insert key power switch 10 10
0633
1633
0601
1601
0602
1602
0610
1610
white
dark gray
0603
1603
10
10
10
one button one way switch
one button two way switch
cross switch
10
10
10
Electrical switches and sockets
Functional part “SPLENDOR”
two buttons one way switch with light / two
buttons two way switch10
white
dark gray
0612 / 0611
1612 / 161110
white
dark gray
0624
1624
10
www.elmarkgroup.eu
149
white
dark gray
L2
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Electrical switches and sockets
"BASIC"
L3
150
38100
38120
10
10
push buttonTG112A
door bellTG112
Scheme White Package(pcs)
38101
38121
10
10
Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38102
38122
10
10
Silvergray
Package(pcs)
38103
38123
10
10
Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
38104
38124
10
10
Blue Package(pcs)
38105
38125
10
10
Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
Sch.5TG103
38050 10
Scheme White Package(pcs)
Sch.5TG103
38051 10
Scheme Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
Sch.5TG103
38052 10
Scheme Silvergray
Package(pcs)
Sch.5TG103
38053 10
Scheme Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
Sch.5TG103
38054 10
Scheme Blue Package(pcs)
Sch.5TG103
38055 10
Scheme Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light
TG114
38000
38010
38070
38700
10
10
10
10
Scheme White Package(pcs)
38001
38011
38071
38701
10
10
10
10
Scheme Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38002
38012
38072
38702
10
10
10
10
Scheme Silvergray
Package(pcs)
38003
38013
38073
38703
10
10
10
10
Scheme Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
38004
38014
38074
38704
10
10
10
10
Scheme Blue Package(pcs)
38005
38015
38075
38705
10
10
10
10
Scheme Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
dimmerTG111 38800 10
Scheme White Package(pcs)
dimmerTG111 38801 10
Scheme Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38802 10
Scheme Silvergray
Package(pcs)
dimmerTG111 38803 10
Scheme Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
dimmerTG111 38804 10
Scheme Blue Package(pcs)
dimmerTG111 38805 10
Scheme Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
dimmerTG111
push buttonTG112A
door bellTG112
Scheme
push buttonTG112A
door bellTG112
Scheme
push buttonTG112A
door bellTG112
Scheme
push buttonTG112A
door bellTG112
Scheme
push buttonTG112A
door bellTG112
Scheme
Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light
TG114
Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light
TG114
Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light
TG114
Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light
TG114
Sch.1TG101Sch.6TG102Sch.7TG115Sch.1light
TG114
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A
400W 400W 400W 400W 400W 400W
Electrical switches and sockets
"BASIC"www.elmarkgroup.eu
L3
151
38250 10
Scheme White Package(pcs)
38251 10
Scheme Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38252 10
Scheme Silvergray
Package(pcs)
38253 10
Scheme Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
38254 10
Scheme Blue Package(pcs)
38255 10
Scheme Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
38350
38300
10
10
Scheme White Package(pcs)
38351
38301
10
10
Scheme Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38352
38302
10
10
Scheme Silvergray
Package(pcs)
38353
38303
10
10
Scheme Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
38354
38304
10
10
Scheme Blue Package(pcs)
38355
38305
10
10
Scheme Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
38360 10
Scheme White Package(pcs)
38362 10
Scheme Silvergray
Package(pcs)
38363 10
Scheme Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
38364 10
Scheme Blue Package(pcs)
38365 10
Scheme Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
38361 10
Scheme Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38901
38911
10
10
Panel Beige(crème)
Package(pcs)
38902
38912
10
10
Panel Silvergray
Package(pcs)
38903
38913
10
10
Panel Graphitedark gray
Package(pcs)
38904
38914
10
10
Panel Blue Package(pcs)
38905
38915
10
10
Panel Tree(Pear)
Package(pcs)
38900
38910
10
10
Panel White Package(pcs)
Double
Triple
Ger.type
TZ107Cwith cover
Ger.type
TZ10738200 10 38201 10 38202 10 38203 10 38204 10 38205 10
Ger.type
TZ107Cwith cover
Ger.type
TZ107Ger.type
TZ107Cwith cover
Ger.type
TZ107Ger.type
TZ107Cwith cover
Ger.type
TZ107Ger.type
TZ107Cwith cover
Ger.type
TZ107Ger.type
TZ107Cwith cover
Ger.type
TZ107
tel.TZ106comp.TZ112
tel.TZ106comp.TZ112
tel.TZ106comp.TZ112
tel.TZ106comp.TZ112
tel.TZ106comp.TZ112
tel.TZ106comp.TZ112
TVTZ111
TVTZ111
TVTZ111
TVTZ111
TVTZ111
TVTZ111
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
Double
Triple
16A 16A 16A 16A 16A 16A
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
single
34601
40
Type
WHITE
double
34613
40
triple
34625
40
quadruple
34637
35
single
34609
40
CHROME
double
34621
40
triple
34633
40
quadruple
34645
35
single
34610
40
SILVER GRAY
double
34622
40
triple
34634
40
quadruple
34646
35
single
34602
40
YELLOW
double
34614
40
triple
34626
40
quadruple
34638
35
single
34611
40
PEAR-TREE
double
34623
40
triple
34635
40
quadruple
34647
35
single
34608
40
GOLDEN
double
34620
40
triple
34632
40
quadruplle
34644
35
single
34606
40
BORDO
double
34618
40
triple
34630
40
quadruple
34642
35
single
34162
40
CHERRY-TREE
double
34624
40
triple
34636
40
quadruple
34648
35
single
34607
40
DARK GRAY
double
34619
40
triple
34631
40
quadruple
34643
35
single
34603
40
GREEN
double
34615
40
triple
34627
40
quadruple
34639
35
single
34605
40
LIGHT BLUE
double
34617
40
triple
34629
40
quadruple
34641
35
single
34604
40
DARK BLUE
double
34616
40
triple
34628
40
quadruple
34640
35
* Single switch or socket use triple frame
* Single, double or triple swich or socket use triple console
Frame
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
double triple quadruple sixfold
24262 24201 24202 24206F
10 10 10 10
Console
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
triple quadruple sixfold
Console box for bricks and concrete
10 10 10
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Electrical switches and sockets
Panels and frames "LIFE STYLE"
PANELS
L4
152
sixfold
34660
35
sixfold
34662
35
sixfold
34661
35
24203 71304 68206
Console box for hollow-wall
triple quadruple sixfold
24205 24206
10 10
Box
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
double triple quadruple
Surface mounting box
10 10
2702 2703
Watertight box
triple quadruple sixfold
22451А 22461А
10 10
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Colour
Catalogue №
Package (pcs)
Type
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
4one button
one way switch 16white
dark gray2050121501
cross switch 16 4white
dark gray
20579
21579
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
door bell switch with light
push button with light
10
10
4
4
white
dark graywhite
dark gray
20510A
21510A20510B
21510B
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
curtain switch 10 4white
dark gray
20521
21521
Cataloguenumber
Type Power(W)
Colour Package(pcs)
dimmer switch
fan speed switch
500
500
8
8
white
dark graywhite
dark gray
20803
2180320803A
21803A
Cataloguenumber
Type Power(VA)
Colour Package(pcs)
bell 230V 8 8white
dark gray
20616
21616
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
German type socket
16 4white
dark gray
20265
21265
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
Italian standard multi socket 16 4
white
dark gray
20203
21203
Cataloguenumber
Type Colour Package(pcs)
TV antenna socket 4white
dark gray
20228
21228
Cataloguenumber
Type Colour Package(pcs)
phone socket
computer socket RG 45
RG 11
4
4
white
dark graywhite
dark gray
20251
2125120266
21266
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
decorative switch 10white
dark gray
20056
21056
Cataloguenumber
Type Rated currentIn (A)
Colour Package(pcs)
one button two way switch 16
16
4
4
white
dark graywhite
dark gray
20506
2150620507
21507one button two
way switch with light
Electrical switches and sockets
Functional part “LIFE STYLE”www.elmarkgroup.eu
L4
153
www.elmarkgroup.eu
A1
Package (pcs)
Catalogue number
Model Cable specification
Cable length
H05VV-F 23 x 1.5mm 10m
MAK-2A with thermal protection
4791110
Package (pcs)
Catalogue number
Model Cable specification
Cable length
H05VV-F
H05VV-F
23 x 1.5mm
23 x 1.5mm
20m
25m
MAK-3 with thermal protection
47921
47925
4
4
Package (pcs)
Catalogue number
Model Cable specification
Cable length
H05VV-F
H05VV-F
H05VV-F
23 x 1.5mm
23 x 1.5mm
23 x 1.5mm
25m
40m
50m
MAK-4 with thermal protection
47927
47940
47950
2
2
2
Model Cable specification
Cable length
H05VV-F (DG-D05B)H05VV-F (DG-D05B)H05VV-F (DG-D05B)H05VV-F (DG-D06B)H05VV-F (DG-D06B)H05VV-F (DG-D06B)Max.3500W,16/250~
23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm
1.5m3.0m5.0m1.5m3.0m5.0m
Catalogue number
470514705347055470614706347065
DG - D05B / DG - D06B
Model Cable specification
Cable length
H05VV-F (DG-D03B)H05VV-F (DG-D03B)H05VV-F (DG-D03B)H05VV-F (DG-D04B)H05VV-F (DG-D04B)H05VV-F (DG-D04B)Max.3500W,16/250~
23 x 1.0mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.0mm23 x 1.5mm23 x 1.5mm
1.5m3.0m5.0m1.5m3.0m5.0m
Catalogue number
470314708047081470414708247083
DG - D03B / DG - D04B
Consumatives and cable terminals
Multiplugs and cable reels
K7
154
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Notes155
ELMARK’s participation in technical exhibitions
www.elmarkgroup.eu
156
Hannover Messe 2008, Germany
www.elmarkgroup.eu
ELMARK sample boards in business centers157
Board 1 Board 2
Board 3 Board switches
www.elmarkgroup.eu
Service and maintenance158
ELMARK HOLDING SC offers wide range of services to answer the client’s requirementscompletely and thoroughly.In order to improve the service quality ELMARK HOLDING has opened:
E-mail: [email protected]; tel. +359 52 575 500; fax +359 52 575 501to receive claims, advice, questions and orders for services.
* ELMARK HOLDING SC provides guarantee and post-guarantee maintenance to allproducts.* Repair or replacement of damaged devices in guarantee or post-guarantee period.* Each letter could be sent in the language preferred by the client.* The guarantee of the products is valid at adherence to the specifications for mounting
and exploitation.
ELMARK HOLDING SC has started engineering services as well.* Making of boards at client’s documentation projects.* Appurtenances mounting in industrial projects.* Recommendation for modernization and reconstruction of outdated devices.* Choice of suitable current leakage protection in order to improve the safety of the staff.* Defining the power supply voltage quality and the consumed capacity.* Harmonic analysis of the power supply voltage and studying the possibilities for failurelessening. Calculating smoothing filters.* Capacity factor measuring and calculating the necessary capacitor batteries. Cutting down the energy losses and improving the quality of the supplied electrical energy.
To connect the engineering department you can refer to:
e-mail: [email protected] phone +359 89 666 88 01, fax +359 58 66 25 25
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR ROMANIA
ELMARK GRUP SRLROMANIA, BUCHAREST8 Bucuresti Urziceni Str.Tel. +40 21 351 54 81 / 82Fax +40 21 351 54 83E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SERBIA
ELMARK GRUP DOOSERBIA, KRAGUJEVAC4 Drage Todorovich Str.Tel. +381 34 311 777Fax +381 34 311 778E-mail: [email protected]
SERBIA, BELGRADEZemun - Altina54 Ugrinovachki put Str.Mobile +381 63 114 77 82Tel./Fax +381 11 316 39 50E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR CROATIA
STIMO DOOCROATIA, BJELOVAR8 Hrvatskog proljeca Str.Tel./Fax +385 43 212 211Tel./Fax +385 43 225 114E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR HUNGARY
ELEKTRO PROFI COMMERCIAL LTD.HUNGARY, BUDAPEST3 Albertirsai Str.Tel. +36 1 460 61 40Fax +36 1 460 61 41E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR JORDAN
SOFIA IMPORT&EXPORT EST. JORDAN, AMMANSHAFA BARDAN - ASP UNIVERSITY CIRCLE PRINCE TATAL BIN MOHAMMAD STR.Tel. +962 7 77 749649 Fax +962 6 53 38589 E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SRI LANKA
ATTOTECH SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (PVT) LTD.SRI LANKA, BALLUMMAHARA, Mudungoda, No: 72, Kandy RoadTel. +943 34 674 803Fax +943 34 674 802E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR ISRAEL
TAMHASH LTDISRAEL, RISHON LE ZION21 Moshe Sharet St., P.O.B 5038 75151Tel. +972 3 9611288Fax +972 3 9616270 / 5747E-mail: [email protected]
ELMARK HOLDING SC
BULGARIA, VARNAZPZ, 10 Perla Str.Tel. +359 52 57 55 00Fax +359 52 57 55 01E-mail: [email protected]
ELMARK FACTORY IN EUROPE
ELMARK INDUSTRIES SCBULGARIA, DOBRICH2 Dobrudja Blvd.Tel./Fax +359 58 66 25 25E-mail: [email protected]
www.elmarkgroup.euGENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR GREECE
ANASTASIADI S.A.GREECE, THESSALONIKI4, G. Drossini Str., KordelioTel. +30 2310 700250Fax +30 2310 707577E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR CYPRUS
HLEKTRAPOTHIKI L.T.D.CYPRUS, PAFOS3, Kalamatas Str.Tel. +357 26 937 726
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR BOSNA I HERCEGOVINA
STANEX DOOBOSNA I HERCEGOVINA, ZENICA17 KRALJA TVRTKA I Str.Tel. +387 32 444 040 / 050 / 060E-mail: [email protected]
ELIM DOOBOSNA I HERCEGOVINA, LAKTAŠIShushniaari Str.Tel. +387 51 586 000Fax +387 51 586 060E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MONTENEGRO
TRGOTEHNA DOO MONTENEGRO, NIKSHICH10 Zarka Zrenjanina Str.Tel./Fax +381 83 246 056 E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR MACEDONIA
PIT KOM DOOEL MACEDONIA, NEGOTINO120 Dame Gruev Str.Tel. +389 43 370 287Fax +389 43 370 282E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR IRAN
ARMAN SORENA COIRAN, TEHRANFirst fl.-No15-4th Alley-Bokharest St.Dr.Beheshti Ave. Tel. +98 21 88 73 31 91
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SOUTH AFRICA
VIKELA SYSTEMS (PTY) LTD. Tel. +27 11 452 74 56 Fax +27 11 452 85 31 E-mail: [email protected]
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR FRANCE
BEAUVILLIER J.PIERREFRANCE, St Germain du TeilTel. +334 663 23 782Fax +334 663 23 458
GENERAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR BULGARIA
ELMARK GROUP - BULGARIA LTDBULGARIA, VARNAZPZ, 10 Perla Str.Tel. +359 52 57 55 55Fax +359 52 57 55 80E-mail: [email protected]
BULGARIA, SOFIA160 Geo Milev Blvd. Tel./Fax +359 2 971 15 60 / 61E-mail: [email protected]
BULGARIA, PLOVDIV180 Brezovsko Shose, warehouse No. 25Tel./Fax +359 32 968 210E-mail: [email protected]
Recommended